Quarterlytics / RM plc

RM plc

rm.l · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker rm.l
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1644
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · RM plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual report and
financial statements

Year ended 30 November 2020

S T R A T E G I C

R E P O R T

Operating Highlights

Chairman’s Statement 

Operating Divisions

CEO Statement

CFO Statement

01

02   

04 

06

18

2 0 2 0   P E R F O R M A N C E

Financial performance materially impacted by COVID-19  

with school closures and exam cancellations globally 

Trading improved progressively through H2  

as education establishments reopened

Focus on cash and cost enabled a robust financial position  

G O V E R N A N C E

with net debt reducing to £1m (2019: £15m)

Directors’ Biographies

Directors’ Report

Corporate Governance Report

Audit Committee Report

Remuneration Report 

Nomination Committee Report

Independent Auditor’s Report

24  

27  

34  

42  

46 

67

68

Shareholder Information

140  

F I N A N C I A L 

S T A T E M E N T S

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

78  

79  

80

8 1  

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 

82  

Company Balance Sheet 

83 

Company Statement of Changes in Equity 

84  

Company Cash Flow Statement

85  

Notes to the Financial Statements 

86  

2 0 2 1   O U T L O O K

Short term outlook remains uncertain  

following further restrictions and exam cancellations 

Confidence in medium-term supports final dividend proposal at 3.00 pps

Digital and automation investment programmes fully restarted  

with longer-term operational and financial benefits

L O N G E R - T E R M   O P P O R T U N I T Y

Well positioned to capitalise on structural trends in Education 

01

C H A I R M A N ’ S   S T A T E M E N T

Although not occurring during the year, and as previously 
announced, David Brooks, our current CEO, will be leaving 
the Company on 31st March 2021, shortly before the date 
of the AGM.  That would normally be the occasion on which 
to thank him for his service and to wish him well.  However, 
in anticipation of his absence, I should like to take this 
opportunity on behalf of the Board to do so in this report.  
David has worked at RM for over 25 years.  During the past 
eight years, as CEO, the Company has undergone significant 
restructuring and development.  RM has benefited greatly 
from his leadership and he leaves with the Board’s thanks 
and best wishes for the future.

Dividend 

The Board did not feel it prudent, in light of the prevailing 
uncertainty, to pay a dividend in 2020 but, given the 
Company’s performance and current situation, payment 
of a final dividend of 3p a share is being recommended 
to shareholders. 

Outlook 

Having regard to the outlook for the individual divisions, 
the Board is confident that the continuing challenges will 
be effectively addressed, as in 2020, and that RM’s future 
is secure.

John Poulter 
Chairman 
11 February 2021

Performance

RM’s trading in 2020 was inevitably dominated by the 
consequences of COVID-19 and the response to its effects.  
These are covered in detail in the reports which follow and 
demanded rapid adaptation by management and all the 
employees, and thanks are due to all concerned.  These 
efforts were successful insofar as the Company delivered 
a creditable, albeit reduced, level of profit and a strong 
year-end balance sheet.

RM Resources, one of the largest UK suppliers of teaching 
and learning products for schools and nurseries, experienced 
a collapse in demand in March as schools adapted to 
sudden closure.  However, the market improved as the year 
progressed such that, in the latter months, running revenues 
were close to those enjoyed in 2019.  Initial indications are 
that business in the 2021 school shutdown has fallen less 
precipitously, although the impact overall will depend on 
duration and is necessarily uncertain.

Both RM Results and its’ examination awarding body 
customers had to react to last minute cancellations of public 
examinations.  Planned provision was by then well-advanced 
and both revenues and associated costs were largely 
committed.  As cancellations in 2021 have been announced 
earlier, revenues are likely to be reduced as mitigating action 
can be taken by all parties.  New international contracts were 
secured, but overseas travel is essential to frame details 
around precise customer requirements, and this will remain 
an impediment well into 2021.

RM Education, supplying services and software support 
to schools, was less affected by closures as routine IT 
infrastructure support was maintained as a necessity.

The Board

During the year, Deena Mattar and Andy Blundell retired from 
the Board and I reiterate the Board’s thanks for their service 
and valuable contribution.

Paul Dean was appointed as an NED and Chairman of the 
Audit Committee on 4 February 2020 and Vicky Griffiths was 
appointed as an NED on 1 July 2020.  Their biographical 
details showing the relevance of their qualifications and 
experience to RM, follow later in this report.

02

03

STRATEGIC REPORTO P E R A T I N G   D I V I S I O N S

RM RESOURCES

Helping teachers to teach and 
learners to learn by developing 
engaging and inspiring resources

RM Resources’ strategy is to grow its market share in the provision of resources to 
schools, early years and special educational needs establishments through a range of 
channels including catalogue, a direct sales force and online.  Growth will continue to 
be underpinned by differentiation through own-developed and own-brand products 
and development of well-established international channels and markets.

RM RESULTS

Driving the global  
modernisation of 
assessment

RM Results’ strategy is to grow the digital assessment business through expanding 
the scope of solutions to existing customers and to win new customers globally.  
Software and services are provided through a growing portfolio of proprietary  
software covering the end-to-end assessment lifecycle.

RM EDUCATION
Helping UK schools to improve 
the impact of technology on 
teaching and learning

RM Education’s strategy is to build on its strong presence and brand pedigree 
in UK schools and colleges, where it delivers schools software and services 
to a high standard, by investing in and growing annuity-based solutions that 
enable education leadership teams to improve outcomes.

Revenue 
WHAT WE DO
£121.6m

HOW WE ADD 
VALUE

THE 
 OPPORTUNITY

WHAT WE DO

HOW WE ADD 
VALUE

THE 
 OPPORTUNITY

WHAT WE DO

HOW WE ADD 
VALUE

THE 
 OPPORTUNITY

Provide education supplies and 

curriculum products for schools and 

nurseries in the UK and internationally

Unique own-designed 

curriculum resources focused on 

improving learning outcomes

Offering the whole 

classroom proposition

Committed increases 

in education funding 

in the UK

Strong differentiation of 

own-developed products and 

brand pedigree in growing 

international market

Investment in automated 

warehouse program provides path 

to significantly improved efficiency

A global leader in providing 

digital assessment solutions 

that support lifelong learning

Improve the quality,  

efficiency and speed of our 

customer’s assessment cycle

Secure, seamless and 

hassle free e-assessment 

and data analysis 

Market with strong structural 

growth opportunity in  

global assessment

End-to-end digital 

capability opens new 

channels and opportunities

Increasing technology  

adoption in global assessment 

and lifelong learning

Software, services and 

technology provider to UK 

schools and colleges

Delivering cost effective,  

reliable, secure technology for 

local and remote learning

Helping schools to 

make the most of 

their IT investment

Growth in multi-academy 

trusts provides aggregated 

Committed increases 

in education funding 

buying in fragmented market

in the UK

Increasing technology 

adoption in education

04

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T

05

C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E 
O F F I C E R ' S   S T A T E M E N T

RM showed good resilience in 2020 despite 

the business being significantly impacted by 

O U R   R E S P O N S E 

T O   C O V I D - 1 9

the closure of schools and nurseries and the 

We responded to the pandemic in three phases:

cancellation of exams due to COVID-19.  

1.  Plan and Stabilise

Trading in the second and third quarters saw 

the biggest downturn when compared with 

2019.  Revenue and profit were materially 

down in RM Resources and RM Results while 

RM Education was less impacted, reflecting the 

nature of its work.  Profit in RM Resources was 

the most affected as revenue declined sharply 

on the back of education establishment closures.  

Across the organisation we implemented a range 

of cost saving initiatives which enabled all three 

divisions to remain profitable.

•  Business continuity planning supported all office staff 

working from home immediately on lockdown.

• 

Initial focus on safeguarding our people and 
supporting customers and suppliers.

•  COVID-19 stress test scenarios established, and 

activities initiated to manage funding and cost base.

•  Dividend cancelled and capital programmes deferred 

to conserve cash.

2.  Run Lean

•  Permanent staff recruitment stopped, temporary 

staffing levels and discretionary spend 
materially reduce.

•  Board, Executive team and wider senior leaders 
temporarily reduced salaries by up to 25%.

For the year, Group revenue was down 16% 

•  Banks relaxed covenants and wider cash conservation 

and adjusted operating profit declined by 48% 

compared with 2019.  Statutory profit after tax 

decreased by 56%, however despite the change 

in profit, careful financial management meant 

that RM finished the year with an improved net 

debt position of £1.3m (2019 - £15m).

activities put in place.  Additional funding was 
not required.

•  Government job retention scheme used cautiously in 
the first half of the year with focus on RM Resources.  
Company maintained 100% employee pay.  We 
stopped use of the scheme at the end of May ahead 
of schools reopening in June and paid back these 
receipts to the government by the end of September.

3.  Recovery

• 

Innovation teams established to assess COVID-19 
impact on market and customers.

•  Customers engaged to assess short and  

longer term needs. 

•  Capital programmes restarted alongside review of 
Target Operating Model and working practices.

•  Trading returned to more normal levels during Q4.

O P E R A T I N G   R E V I E W

RM Resources had a challenging year of trading as schools 
and nurseries both in the UK and internationally closed for 
extended periods of time.  Revenue in the UK was impacted 
significantly in Q2 but recovered to more normal levels by 
the end of Q4.  Following a strong Q1, international revenues 
were materially down on the prior year.  

During 2020, we continued the programme to consolidate the 
current estate of distribution centres to a single, automated 
centre.  The building construction was completed and 
formally handed over, with our 15 year lease starting in 
November 2020.  2021 will be spent equipping the centre 
with automation equipment, followed by transitioning stock 
from the current warehouses.  Our current plan is to have the 
distribution centre fully operational in the first half of 2022.  
During the year we sold one of our freehold properties and 
have agreed heads of terms for the sale of the remaining two 
freehold properties.

In RM Results trading was impacted by the cancellation 
of exams and assessments around the world.  The division 
has a mixture of recurring revenues and volume related fees 
associated with the volume of exams taken which, despite 
some contractual protection, clearly experienced a decline as 
many exams were cancelled or deferred around the world.

Whilst the development of the sales pipeline during the year 
has been significantly restricted by COVID-19 disruption and 
travel restrictions, we were pleased to win two contracts to 
provide full end-to-end digital assessment including, for the 
first time, remote invigilation and also a global research test 
which will be delivered across circa 70 countries.

The acquisition of SoNET Systems Pty Ltd ('SoNET') in 
2019 has enabled RM Results to offer full end-to-end digital 
assessment services in the online testing and marking of 
exams to customers.  During 2020 we have also started 
to partner with 3rd parties to provide remote invigilation 
(proctoring) of exams to both new and existing customers to 
facilitate the remote taking of high-stakes assessments safely 
and securely.

Trading in RM Education was less impacted by COVID-19 in 
2020 than the other two divisions.  The provision and support 
of technology was still needed in schools as they moved 
between in-class and remote learning models.  There was 
a strong focus in schools to plan the move of their learning 
materials to the cloud and we see this as a continued 
opportunity for this division going forward.  The sales pipeline 
has been impacted by COVID-19 as schools made operating 
safely their key priority.

C U R R E N T   C O V I D 

S I T U A T I O N 

In January UK governments announced a new set of school 
closures with immediate effect.  In addition, England and 
Northern Ireland confirmed GCSEs and A levels in 2021 would 
not go ahead as planned.  Scotland had already announced 
the cancellation of school 2021 exams late last year.  It is too 
early to judge what the precise impact on trading in 2021 will 
be as the length of school closures, the contract covers for 
exam cancellations and the effect on international business 
remain uncertain.  We intend to continue the investment 
in our digital and automation programmes to upgrade our 
IT systems and consolidate our distribution centres. 

F U T U R E   M A R K E T   T R E N D S

The education marketplace is changing.  Some of these 
trends are in response to COVID-19 while others have been in 
the pipeline for some time.  If we look beyond the disruption 
of the current pandemic, there are longer-term market 
trends that should be positive for RM.  To help understand 
this change and RM’s response to it, this section maps 
out four key market trends and gives specific examples of 
opportunities for the business to deliver shareholder return.

The education market trends we are seeing are: 

1.  Becoming more digital 

2.  Modernisation of assessment

3.  Flexible learning

4.  Buyer aggregation 

Provided overleaf are further details on these trends, together 
with examples of emerging customer requirements as well as 
RM’s response.

06

07

STRATEGIC REPORTM A R K E T   T R E N D S   I N   A C T I O N

1.  Becoming more digital

2.  Modernisation of assessment

3.  Flexible learning

4.  Buyer aggregation

Education has traditionally lagged behind many sectors 
when it comes to digitisation.  Whether it is the delivery of 
teaching and learning or the buying of products and services 
online, digital adoption has been slow.  However, we are 
starting to see a change in the marketplace which has been 
accelerated by COVID-19 in 2020.  There have been associated 
developments in curriculum as education systems around the 
world are starting to include the development of sequencing 
and coding skills into the curriculum.  This is reflected by the 
growth for robotics within the education environment which 
is expected to more than double between 2019 and 2027.  
Schools and nurseries are increasingly ordering online and 
utilising more digitised materials in conjunction with physical 
resources to deliver a blended teaching solution.  In parallel, 
schools and nurseries are increasingly using digital tools and 
channels to search and select learning resources.

Market trend

Many qualifications are still completed using paper-based 
exams.  In the last five years we have seen these exams 
converted into a digitised form and marked on-screen.  
The digitisation of high-stakes assessments is complex 
and a niche area of expertise but we have seen COVID-19 
start to accelerate the adoption of technologies that are 
modernising assessments.  More exam awarding bodies in 
the UK and internationally are now moving towards a model 
of computer-based paperless assessments and utilising 
broader technology enablement around the end-to-end 
assessment process.    

COVID-19 has forced many learners to remotely engage 
with their education, and technology underpins this shift.  
This is accelerating understanding in the market of the role 
technology can play in improving the flexibility of learning 
models, reducing the workload for teachers and driving 
value from ongoing digital assessment as part of the learning 
journey.  We expect this increase in awareness to continue 
beyond the short term ‘remote’ learning demands of 
COVID-19 as focus shifts to the ongoing value technology can 
add to the delivery of educational outcomes. 

Market trend

Market trend

England has seen Multi Academy Trusts (MAT) continue to 
grow.  Over the next three years, the number of schools in 
MAT groupings of all sizes is set to continue to expand with 
the biggest continuous growth in this area predicted to come 
from MATs with between 6 and 11 schools.  Correspondingly, 
spend through the MAT sector is predicted to grow in the 
same time frame.  In addition, the provision of nursery 
education in the UK is consolidating with the larger chains 
acquiring and growing.  Across the nursery sector, the 
market value of spend through nursery chains is predicted 
to increase each year over the next three years through the 
acquisition of single site nurseries.  These changes are leading 
to a growing trend for central bodies to oversee, and step-in 
to, the purchasing for educational establishments.

Move to computer-based high-stakes testing in 
flexible locations to suit test takers (including home).

Our response

Providing end-to-end secure assessments onscreen.

Customers are seeking digital resources for their children 
to engage with which are different to laptops or tablet.

Example of progress

Our response

Technology solutions which  create immersive environments.

Robotics designed for Early Years enhancing cause and 
effect through ICT.

Won two contracts in 2020 with Accountancy Awarding 
bodies to provide  on screen testing, remote invigilation 
and on screen marking.

Example of progress

Market trend

Launching two new robots in 2021 which promote 
independent thinking and computational skills for 
young learners in the classroom and beyond.

Market trend

Online purchasing of education supplies.

Our response

Investing in our e-commerce functionality.

Expanding marketing activities across a broader portfolio 
of digital marketing channels.

Example of progress

On our journey to 100% of orders being online, 
this figure increased to over 60% in 2020 (up 10%).

Increasing use of digital technology for baseline assessments in 
international research studies – that inform education policy.

Our response

Providing digital assessment platforms designed to support 
standardised assessments in multiple countries, languages 
and with both online and offline delivery capabilities to deal 
with variations in infrastructure in different geographies.

Example of progress

Won contracts to provide digital assessment for international 
research studies, for example winning the Global Trends in 
International Mathematics and Science Study which will be 
delivered in c.70 countries in 2023.

Schools needing to provide remote learning.

Our response

Market trend

Helping schools move learning materials to the cloud.

Example of progress

Launching new managed services proposition –  
RM’s unique cloud proposition for schools.

Market trend

Education bodies wanting to bring digital assessment into the 
curriculum as a learning tool, and as a precursor to enabling 
digital exams.

Our response

Helping curriculum authorities bring curriculum content 
and digital assessment into the schools setting to aid 
with learning.

Example of progress

Providing formative assessment solution to customers 
in Australia.

MAT and nursery chains buying products on behalf of 
their establishments.

Our response

Dedicated sales team engaging with MAT and nursery chains.

Customised product collections and bespoke marketing for 
consolidated groups.

Single dedicated ecommerce site across RM Resources 
entire portfolio.

Example of progress

Over 30 commercial agreements across MATs and nursery 
chains in 2020.

Targeting a material increase of new agreements in 2021.

Market trend

MATs looking for visibility of the purchasing habits of 
their schools.

Our response

Investing in increased self-service/data capability.

Example of progress

Our major IT programme delivering in stages through  
2021 and 2022.

08

09

STRATEGIC REPORTW O R K F O R C E

Average Group headcount for the year was 1,837 (2019: 2,011), 
which is comprised of 1,716 (2019: 1,811) permanent and 
121 (2019: 200) temporary or contract staff, of which 1,072 
(2019: 1,239) were located in the UK, 729 (2019: 754) in India 
and 36 in Australia (2019: 18). 

As at 30 November 2020, headcount was 1,853 (2019: 1,983).  
The following table sets out a more detailed summary of the 
permanent staff employed as at 30 November 2020:

Male

Female

Executive Directors

2 (100%)

0 (0%)

Executive Committee 
and direct reports 
(excluding EAs and PAs)

23 (53.5%)

20 (46.5%)

Senior Managers 
(excluding Executive Directors)

33 (63.5%)

19 (36.5%)

All employees

1,055 (62%)

650 (38%)

The Company recognises that talented people are core to 
the success of the business.  The Company is committed 
to promoting a culture of equal opportunity, diversity and 
inclusion and its policies, procedures and working practices 
are designed to attract, retain and motivate the best staff 
regardless of their age, race, gender, religious or philosophical 
belief, sexual orientation, disability or educational 
background.  There is a flexible work policy and practices 
to encourage gender diversity.

The Company does not operate an employees’ share scheme 
due to the size and geography of the Group’s workforce.  The 
Company’s emphasis is on fair pay structures across the 
Group and bonus schemes that support and encourage a 
high-performance culture. 

The Company wants to ensure that all employees receive 
fair and equal treatment, and this applies to recruitment and 
selection, terms and conditions of employment, promotion, 
training, development opportunities and employment 
benefits.  HR policies and procedures, including pay and 
bonus processes, are reviewed to ensure there is no gender 
bias and last year we rolled out unconscious bias training 
to all recruiting managers.  Our internal communications 
strategy ensures that diversity and inclusion is talked about 
on a frequent basis.

Last year we set ourselves the target of having at least 30% of 
senior positions held by females and we have met this target.  
There is now an increasingly balanced gender split across our 
Executive and their direct reports.  We support employees 
with high potential through leadership development 
programmes. 

The Group gives equal consideration to applications for 
employment received from candidates with disabilities.  
Employees who become disabled are retained whenever 
possible through retraining, use of appropriate technology 
and making available suitable alternative employment within 
the Group.

Regular assessments of the developmental needs of 
employees are carried out across the organisation and 
feedback on this is given and where appropriate training 
provided.  The Group incentivises employees and senior 
management through the payment of bonuses linked to 
performance objectives, together with the other components 
of remuneration detailed in the Remuneration Report.

The Group has a wide range of other written policies 
designed to ensure that it operates in a legal and ethical 
manner.  These include policies related to health and safety, 
‘whistle blowing’, anti-bribery and corruption, business gifts, 
anti-harassment and bullying, equal opportunities, grievance, 
parental leave and systems and network security.  All of RM’s 
employment policies are published internally.

The Corporate Governance Report sets out the 
Company’s Board Diversity Policy.

RM India

P U R P O S E ,   VA L U E S , 

S T R A T E G Y   A N D   C U LT U R E

The Company has a clear and stated purpose of  
“Enriching the lives of learners worldwide.”

Our vision is  “Enabling the improvement of 
educational outcomes around the world.”

Our strategic goals are:

E m ployees
l d i ng a great
b u i
n i s a tion togeth
a

e

r

o r g

Customer
at the heart
of everything
we do

p

r
o
d

d
e
v
e

P

r

o

u

l

o

p

c

t

p

o

s

i

n

s

a

g

n

d

w

i
ti

s

e

r

i
n

n

o
nin

g

vic

es

d e li v

s
t
l

u
s
e
r
s
u

h

G rowt
e rin g a mbitio

In the RM Results and RM Education divisions we do this 
“through the innovative use of existing and emerging 
technologies” and in the RM Resources division we do this 
“with our innovative products and outstanding services”

As at 30 November 2020, RM’s operation in Trivandrum 
accounted for 41% of Group headcount (2019: 38%). 

Underpinning our culture are our set of ‘5 To Drive’ 
behaviours: 

The Indian operation provides services solely to RM Group 
companies.  Activities include software development, 
customer and operational support, back office shared service 
support (e.g. customer order entry, IT, finance and HR) 
and administration.

Consider it Done: We hold ourselves accountable, as 
individuals and as a company, for delivering on our 
promises.  We can be relied upon to get the job done 
for our customers and ourselves.  We are tenacious in 
delivering positive results and respond energetically when 
faced with new challenges.

Make it Simple: We make complex issues easy to 
understand and we strive for the simplest solutions that 
deliver the most significant results for our customers and 
ourselves.  We say it as it is and don’t assume that how we 
have done it in the past will necessarily be how we do it in 
the future.

Win Together: We are at our best when working with our 
customers and with our colleagues - motivated by the 
belief that diverse teams are much more successful than 
the sum of their parts.  We strive to see things from the 
point of view of others, building trust, showing humility 
and working collaboratively to get great results.

Be Brave: We are ambitious, and we push the boundaries 
to deliver great results for our customers and for our 
business.  We do not settle for less than great, or shy 
away from the difficult, and we don’t let fear stifle our 
true potential.

Be Curious: We have an intense desire to understand 
our customers and to imagine new possibilities for our 
business and theirs.  We are hungry to learn, seek out new 
ideas and best practice, to expand our networks and to 
develop our understanding.  We are inquisitive, creative 
and we question how things are and can be done.

These are intended to drive positive and aligned behaviours 
throughout the organisation.  They are intended to 
benefit not just the Company itself and its staff but also all 
stakeholders with whom we do business. 

Each month, employees that demonstrate these behaviours 
are given awards recognising this. 

The Board receives regular reports and updates from the 
CEO, CFO and General Counsel as well as other members 
of the Executive and the Group.  These reports and updates 
cover a wide range of matters in order to ensure that policy, 
practices and behaviour in the Group are aligned with the 
Company’s purpose, values and strategy and that any issues 
that may give rise to concerns are brought to the attention 
of the Board.  This has included reviews on particular parts 
of the business, any significant customer issues, compliance 
updates, disputes and whistle-blower concerns.  The Board 
requests further information on any matters that they 
consider relevant.  The Board requires ongoing updates, seeks 
assurance as to the proposed actions to resolve such matters 
and receives information on the corrective actions taken.  

10

11

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 172 (1) Statement

The Company’s Directors, individually and collectively, have acted in a way that they consider, in good faith, is most likely to promote 
the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. 

Examples of how the Board has had regard, in its principal decisions made during the year, to the various factors set out in Section 
172(1), and the impact that regard has had, are set out below.  Additionally, examples appear throughout this Annual Report and these 
are incorporated into this Section 172(1) Statement.

Board Decision

Factors

Factors considered in accordance with s.172(1) and effect

LT, £, R, BR

This would maintain our relationship and reputation with schools as 
a trusted partner

Continue to keep distribution centres 
open to supply schools with resources 
and maintain the IT systems of schools 
during the COVID-19 lockdown

Investments in a new IT system and 
a new fully automated national 
distribution centre

Extension of Board’s 
workforce engagement

C

W

£, LT, W

BR, R

W

R

Maintaining the Company’s financial 
position during the COVID-19 crisis

£, Sh, LT

W

BR, R, C

This would enable schools to stay open for the benefit of the wider 
community

The need to ensure employees are able to continue to work safely

This is an important investment for the long-term future of the 
business 

This would enable RM Resources to provide a market leading fully 
digital service to customers with enhanced user experience

This would enable the Board to hear the views of the workforce 
more clearly, helping the Board to have regard to these issues when 
making decisions

This would enhance the Company’s reputation as a good employer

This would help maintain the liquidity of the Group in the face of the 
uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 crisis and prevent it impacting 
long-term plans

Senior management should demonstrate personal commitment to 
the future of the business by a salary sacrifice

That the Group should only take government support 
when necessary

Key of factors considered:

£  Financial impact 

Sh  Acting fairly between members 

R  Reputation 

W  Employees

LT  Long-term impact  

C  Community & environment 

BR  Fostering business relationships

N O N - F I N A N C I A L   I N F O R M A T I O N   S T A T E M E N T

This Strategic Report together with the Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance Report and Audit Committee Report provide details of 
the non-financial matters required by sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006.

Environmental Policy and Reporting

The Environmental Policy and Reporting section in the Directors’ Report is incorporated into this report.

P R I N C I P A L   A N D   E M E R G I N G   R I S K S   A N D   U N C E R T A I N T I E S

The management of the business and the execution of the Company’s strategy are subject to a number of risks.  The Company has a 
structured approach to the assessment and management of risks.  A detailed risk register is maintained, in which risks are categorised 
under the following categories: political, strategic, operational, financial and emerging.  The full register is reviewed at least annually 
by each division to ensure that the risks that could potentially affect each division are properly captured.  The register also includes a 
summary of the steps taken to manage or mitigate against those risks and the person or people responsible for the relevant actions.  
This register is then consolidated and Group-wide risks added, to ensure that the register covers the entire Group’s operations.  This is 
then reviewed by the Executive Committee, the Audit Committee and the Board.  As such, the Board confirms that it has carried out a 
robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Group and appropriate processes have been put in place to monitor 
and mitigate them.  Further details are also set out in the Corporate Governance Report.

The key business risks for the Group are set out in the table below.    

Description and likely impact

Mitigation

Risk and 
categorisation

Public policy 
(Political Risk)

Education practice 
(Political Risk)

The majority of RM’s business is funded from 
UK government sources.  Changes in political 
administration, or changes in policy priorities, 
might result in major changes to the exam 
system or a reduction in education spending, 
leading to a decline in market size.

UK government funding in the education sector 
is constrained by fiscal policy.

Global economic conditions might result in 
a reduction in budgets available for public 
spending generally and education spending 
specifically in the area in which RM specialise.  

Education and assessment practices 
and priorities may change and, as a result, 
RM’s products and services may no longer 
meet customer requirements, leading to a 
risk of lower revenue.

Impact of UK’s  
exit from the 
European Union  
(Political Risk)

There may be an adverse change in the 
economic and/or fiscal environment as a result 
of the UK’s exit from the EU and costs could 
increase and/or revenues reduce as a result.  

The Company reviews the education policy environment 
by regular monitoring of policy positions and by building 
relationships with education policy makers.

The Group’s three divisions have diverse revenue streams 
and product/service offerings.

The Company’s strategy is to focus on areas of education 
spend which are important to meet customers’ objectives.  
Where the revenue of an individual business is in decline, 
management seeks to ensure that the cost base is 
adjusted accordingly.

The Company maintains knowledge of current education 
practice and priorities by maintaining close relationships 
with customers.

The Company is evolving its product and service offering to 
helps its customers with their developing requirements.

The Group has adapted its processes to support the Brexit 
deal, is managing the principal risk areas identified and 
will continue to monitor developments.

12

13

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
Risk and 
categorisation

Operational 
execution 
(Operational Risk)

Description and likely impact

Mitigation

RM provides sophisticated products and 
services, which require a high level of technical 
expertise to develop and support, and on 
which its customers place a high level of 
reliance.  Any significant operational / system 
failure would result in reputational damage 
and increased costs.

RM is engaged in the delivery of large, 
multi-year projects, typically involving the 
development and integration of complex IT 
systems and may have liability for failure to 
deliver on time.  

RM’s increasing international business make it 
subject to laws in other countries and higher 
risk jurisdictions. 

The Company invests in maintaining a high level of 
technical expertise.  

Internal management control processes are in place 
to govern the delivery of all projects (including internal 
projects), including regular reviews by relevant 
management.  The operational and financial performance 
of projects, including future obligations, the expected 
costs of these and potential risks are regularly monitored 
by management and, as appropriate, the Board.

The Company has internal policies and procedures across 
a wide range of areas including bribery and corruption, 
health and safety, privacy, employment, competition law 
and tax which are regularly monitored and reviewed to 
ensure we assess and take account of higher risks levels 
and comply with all relevant laws and regulations. 

Data and business 
continuity 
(Operational and 
Emerging Risk)

RM is engaged in storing and processing 
personal data, where accuracy, privacy and 
security are important.  Any significant security 
breach could damage reputation, impact 
future profit streams and lead to potential 
regulatory action. 

The Company has made a commitment to maintain 
effective Information Security and Business Continuity 
management systems and achieve ISO27001 and 
ISO22301 certifications for all business areas to 
demonstrate the robustness and effectiveness of those 
systems. 

The Group would be significantly impacted if, 
as a result of a major incident, one of its key 
buildings, systems, key supply chain partners or 
infrastructure components could not function 
for a long period of time or at a key time.

The Company has a rolling investment programme 
managed by a dedicated security and compliance 
function and overseen by the Group Security and Business 
Continuity Committee, which reports into the Group 
Executive Committee.  This programme covers data 
integrity and protection, defence against external threats 
(including cyber risks) and business continuity planning.

The Company analyses all information security and data 
protection incidents (including their root cause), changes 
in the regulatory framework, and breaches that have 
occurred in other companies to identify opportunities for 
improvement.

The Group seeks to protect itself against the consequences 
of a major incident by implementing a series of back-
up and safety measures.  It also manages risks with key 
suppliers by regularly reviewing their security and business 
continuity systems, conducting assessments and running 
joint tests.

The Group has cyber insurance and property and business 
interruption insurance cover.

Risk and 
categorisation

People 
(Operational Risk)

Description and likely impact

Mitigation

RM’s business depends on highly skilled 
employees.  Failing to recruit and retain such 
employees could impact operationally on RM’s 
ability to deliver contractual commitments.

The Company seeks to be an attractive employer and 
regularly monitors the engagement of its employees.   
The Company has talent management and career 
planning programmes.

Steering committees are established for all major 
programs which will include a member of the Executive 
Committee.  Currently there are 2 major programmes to 
develop a new automated warehouse and migrate to 
new CRM and ERP systems.  A number of mechanisms 
are in place to monitor the ongoing impact of the various 
activities, including where appropriate staff consultations 
and satisfaction surveys, and ongoing customer feedback.

The Board is kept appraised of the current status of such 
activities and projects on a regular and ongoing basis.

The Company actively monitors technology and market 
developments and invests to keep its existing products, 
services and sales methods up to date, as well as seeking 
out new opportunities and initiatives.

The Group works with teachers and educators to 
understand opportunities and requirements.

Transformation   
(Operational Risk)

Issues in implementing major programs 
could lead to business disruption and loss of 
intended benefits. 

Innovation 
(Strategic Risk)

The IT market and elements of the education 
resources market are subject to rapid, and 
often unpredictable, change.  As a result 
of inappropriate technology, product and 
marketing choices or a failure to adopt and 
develop new technologies quickly enough, the 
Group’s products and services might become 
unattractive to its customer base, or new 
market opportunities missed.

The Group’s continued success depends 
on developing and/or sourcing a stream of 
innovative and effective products for the 
education market and marketing these 
effectively to customers.

Dependence on 
key contracts 
(Strategic Risk)

The performance of the RM Education 
and RM Results divisions is dependent 
on the winning and extension of 
long-term contracts with government, 
local authorities, examination boards 
and commercial customers. 

Impact of 
the COVID-19 
pandemic 
(Operational Risk) 

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has put 
pressure on those with whom we trade and 
there are risks from customer closures, pricing 
pressures and service delivery pressures from 
delays to exams.

The Company invests in maintaining a high level of 
technical expertise and in building effective working 
relationships with its customers.  The Company has in 
place a range of customer satisfaction programmes, which 
include management processes designed to address the 
causes of customers’ dissatisfaction.  

The Company manages its relationship with its customers, 
supplier and other stakeholders.  It works closely with 
customers to avoid potential bad debts and to manage 
the impact of costs increases from key suppliers. 

The Company worked closely with customers after the 
exam cancellations in 2020 and is doing so again with the 
cancellation of summer 2021 exams.

14

15

STRATEGIC REPORTRisk and 
categorisation

Pensions 
(Financial Risk)

Description and likely impact

Mitigation

The Group operates two defined benefit 
pension schemes in the UK (the “RM Education 
Scheme” and the “CARE Scheme” respectively) 
both of which are closed to future accrual.   
It also participates in a third defined benefit 
pension scheme (the “Platinum Scheme”). 

Scheme deficits can adversely impact the 
net assets position of the trading subsidiaries 
RM Education Ltd and RM Educational 
Resources Ltd.

Pension costs can be significant in respect of 
staff that transfer across to us, where they are 
members of Local Authority pension schemes.

The Company evaluates risk mitigation proposals with the 
trustees of these respective Schemes.

The Platinum Scheme is a multi-employer scheme over 
which the Company has no direct control.  However, due 
to the small number of the Company’s employees who are 
in this Scheme, the risk to the Company from this Scheme 
is limited.

The Company assesses potential pension costs of staff 
from other employers that would transfer across to 
the Company and take this into account in its bids for 
new contracts.  

Treasury  
(Financial Risk)

The Group is exposed to treasury risks 
including fluctuating exchange rates 
and liquidity.

The Company regularly monitors treasury risks.  It actively 
looks to create natural currency hedges where possible 
balancing foreign currency sales and purchase levels 
and hedges net balances 9-12 months into the future for 
material imbalances.

The Company remains cautious with liquidity risk and 
carefully manages its debt leverage position.

David Brooks 
Chief Executive Officer 
11 February 2021

16

17

STRATEGIC REPORT  
 
C H I E F   F I N A N C I A L 
O F F I C E R ' S   S T A T E M E N T

RM’s financial performance was materially impacted by COVID-19 in 2020.  Following a positive start to the year with revenue growth 
in the first quarter, the closure of schools at the end of March and subsequent cancellation of exams around the world had a 
significant impact on the Group through the remainder of the year and resulted in full year revenue decline of 16%.  The organisation 
implemented a range of cost savings initiatives which enabled all three divisions to remain profitable but the impact of the pandemic 
broadly halved profit levels and adjusted diluted earnings per share.  Net debt levels reduced by £14m, benefiting from a number of 
activities that were initiated to conserve cash, ending the year at £1.3m.

Revenue

£189.0m

Adjusted* 
Operating Profit

£14.4m

Net Debt

£1.3m

Adjusted* 
Diluted EPS

13.0p

£224m

£189m

£27.6m

£15.0m

26.4p

£14.4m

£1.3m

13.0p

Down 16%

Down 48%

Improved £14m

Down 51%

 * Adjusted operating profit is before the amortisation of acquisition related intangible assets; acquisition related costs;  

one time property related items, Pension GMP equalisation costs and restructuring costs.

G R O U P   F I N A N C I A L   P E R F O R M A N C E

Group revenue decreased by 16% to £189.0m (2019: £223.8m).

£m  
Unaudited

Revenue

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit after tax

2020¹

2019¹

Adjusted

Adjustment²

Statutory

Adjusted

Adjustment²

Statutory

189.0

14.4

13.4

(2.6)

10.8

-

(2.9)

(2.9)

0.5

(2.4)

189.0

223.8

11.5

10.5

(2.1)

8.4

27.6

26.6

(4.7)

21.9

-

(3.5)

(3.5)

0.6

(2.8)

223.8

24.2

23.2

(4.1)

19.1

1.  2020 results reflect the adoption of the new accounting standard IFRS 16.  Results in the table for 2019 are presented as reported at the time and 

not restated as RM took the modified approach to adoption.  This approach has been taken throughout the narrative below and explanations are 

provided in the notes to the accounts to highlight the impacts.  IFRS 16 has impacted the profit before tax by less than £0.1m in 2020. 

2.  Adjustments reflect the amortisation of acquisition related intangible assets; one time property related items, including a stock write down, 

restructuring costs, costs associated with GMP equalisation and profits on the sale of non-core assets.  Further details are defined and reconciled 

in Note 5 of the notes to the financial statements.

The pandemic impacted revenues in the UK and internationally.  UK revenues fell by 14% with international revenues down 25% 
reflecting  a 41% reduction in RM Resources international revenues.

Adjusted operating profit margins reduced to 7.6% (2019: 12.4%).  Adjusted operating profit reduced by 48% to £14.4m (2019: £27.6m). 

In order to provide a better understanding of underlying business performance, some costs are identified as ‘adjustments’ 2 
to underlying business performance.  In 2020 these are broken down as follows:

Amortisation charges associated with acquisition-related intangible assets

£2.0m

Impairment of intangible software

Restructuring costs

One time property-related items

One time sale of investment

Stock obsolescence associated with revised warehouse strategy

Pension GMP equalisation

Total adjustments²

£0.7m

£1.0m

£-0.6m

£-0.7m

£0.4m

£0.2m

£2.9m

Taking into consideration the adjustments of £2.9m (2019: £3.5m), statutory operating profit decreased to £11.5m (2019: £24.2m). 

The Group generated a statutory profit before tax of £10.5m (2019: £23.2m) with a net interest charge of £1.0m which relates to the 
Group credit facility and finance costs related to the defined benefit pension schemes. 

The total tax charge within the Income Statement was £2.1m (2019: £4.1m).  The Group’s tax charge for the year, measured as a 
percentage of profit before tax, was 19.8% (2019: 17.7%) and was impacted by the increase in the deferred tax rate which raised the 
effective tax rate by 2.4% as a percentage of profit before tax.  Statutory profit after tax decreased 56% to £8.4m (2019: £19.1m).

Adjusted diluted earnings per share decreased to 13.0 pence (2019: 26.4 pence).  Statutory basic earnings per share were 10.2 pence 
(2019: 23.2 pence) and statutory diluted earnings per share were 10.1 pence (2019: 23.0 pence).

RM generated cash from operations for the year of £27.8m (2019: £19.9m). 

Cash generation benefited from reduced inventory levels, a favourable movement in trade and other payables, including positive 
trading impacts of £8.1m and VAT deferral of £2.4m, and gains through the sale of non-core property and investments of £1.6m.  
This cash generated was utilised through capital expenditure of £8.5m (2019: £6.0m), contributions to the defined benefit pension 
scheme of £4.1m (2019: £4.6m) and tax payments of £2.6m (2019: £3.6m).  Dividends were suspended in 2020 as part of the activities to 
conserve cash.  As a result, net debt was reduced to £1.3m at the end of the year (2019: £15.0m).

RM is currently progressing two large capital projects; consolidation of five distribution centres into a single automated facility and a 
Group-wide IT system implementation.  In March we paused the capital spend associated with the single automated facility and the 
IT system implementation.  The construction of the building continued under contract and was completed at the end of November 
when RM commenced the lease of this facility.  These projects, alongside wider capital investments, will drive further elevated 
capital expenditure over the next two years, likely to be more than £20m in total.  A proportion of this spend will be recovered by the 
subsequent sale of a further two freehold properties following the completion of the sale of one freehold property in 2020 generating 
£2.9m of cash and an exceptional profit on sale of £0.7m.  Heads of terms are agreed for sales on the remaining two properties with 
exchange expected in the first half of 2021.  Both projects are scheduled to conclude by the end of 2022 and deliver good financial and 
operational benefits.

18

19

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
Dividend

R M   R E S O U R C E S

R M   R E S U LT S

R M   E D U C A T I O N

Following the impact of COVID-19 and subsequent lockdown, 
RM took the decision to cancel the 2019 final dividend.  No 
interim dividend was paid in the year (2019: 2.0p).  The Board 
proposes a 2020 final dividend of 3.0 pence per share (2019: nil) 
which is subject to shareholder approval.  The estimated cost 
of the ordinary dividend proposed is £2.5m (2019: £1.7m paid). 

The Board is committed to a long-term sustainable dividend 
policy and the Company has £36.2m of distributable 
reserves, as at 30 November 2020, available to support the 
dividend policy.

RM plc is a non-trading investment holding Company 
and derives its profits from dividends paid by subsidiary 
companies.  The Directors consider the Group’s capital 
structure and dividend policy at least twice a year, ahead of 
announcing results and during the annual budgeting process, 
looking at longer-term sustainability.  The Directors do so in 
the context of the Company’s ability to execute the strategy 
and to invest in opportunities to grow the business and 
enhance shareholder value.

The dividend policy is influenced by a number of the principal 
risks identified in the table of ‘Principal and Emerging Risks 
and Uncertainties’ set out above which could have a negative 
impact on the performance of the Group or its ability to 
distribute profits.

Defined Benefit Pension Schemes ('Schemes')

The Company operates two defined benefit pension schemes 
('RM Education Scheme' and 'Care Scheme') and participates 
in a third, multi-employer, defined benefit pension scheme 
(the “Platinum Scheme”).  Following the closure of one 
warehouse during the year (which impacted the Platinum 
Scheme), all schemes are closed to future accrual of benefits. 

The IAS 19 net deficit (pre-tax) across the Group increased 
by £12.7m to £18.7m (2019: £6.0m) with the Platinum 
Scheme being in surplus.  This increase was caused by an 
increase in the liabilities of the Schemes driven primarily by 
lower discount rates. 

The Group deficit recovery plan payments across all 
schemes in 2020 were £4.1m which was down slightly on 
the £4.6m in the prior year.  Following the triennial review at 
31 December 2019, the Group agreed with the Trustee of the 
Consortium Care Scheme to contribute £0.7m per annum 
until 31 December 2027. 

RM Resources revenues decreased by 19% to £92.4m 
(2019: £114.5) resulting from the widespread school closures 
in the UK and internationally in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic.  UK education revenue reduced by 15% with 
international revenues down 41% . 

Divisional adjusted operating profit reduced to £3.1m 
(2019: £13.7m) and operating margins decreased to 3.3% 
(2019: 12.0%).  The reduction was predominantly driven by 
lower revenues.  Underlying operating costs were reduced 
by 13% but these were offset by a cost of £2.1m associated 
with higher debtor and stock write down charges largely 
associated with the impact of COVID-19.  

UK 

UK education revenues decreased by 13% to £78.5m 
(2019: £90.1m).  This decline was broadly in line with the UK 
key competitor market set representing the impact of the 
pandemic and school closures.  This performance reflects 
an improvement in underlying performance in the schools’ 
market offset by two areas that disproportionally impacted 
RM Resources.  The most impacted market sector was the 
Early Years sector which declined by more than double 
that of the schools’ market.  This is also the sector in which 
RM Resources has the highest market share.  Furthermore, 
revenues were negatively impacted by the loss of the Wales 
framework agreement at the end of 2019 and the break-up of 
a nursery chain contract into small agreements in which the 
business did not win all the sub-agreements.

Revenues arising from the TTS brand fell only 9% in the 
UK benefiting from its clearly differentiated position 
and innovative, own-developed product portfolio.  The 
Consortium brand saw its revenues decline more than the 
comparative market set as trading was disproportionately 
impacted by the contract loss and Early Years market.  

International

International sales are made through two key channels, 
international distributors, through which we sell own-
developed products to over 80 countries, and international 
English curriculum schools to whom we sell a wider portfolio 
of education supplies.  International revenues declined by 
41% to £12.8m (2019: £21.4m).  This was again as a direct 
result of school closures, which in some countries was for 
a more extended period than that encountered in the UK.  
There were fewer students in International schools which 
also saw higher remote learning adoption.  The region most 
impacted was the US which saw sales down 81%.

Revenue decreased by 16% on the prior year to £31.6m (2019: 
£37.7m) as growth in new contracts was materially reduced 
as a result of the large number of exams cancelled globally 
resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic which impacted the 
variable element of many of our contracts.

 Geography

RM Customer 
Exam Bodies

Exam 
Cancellations

UK General Exams

UK Other

EMEA

Australia / NZ

Asia

ROW

4

5

8

5

2

3

75%

35%

90%

0%

35%

70%

Adjusted operating profit fell by 24% on the prior year to 
£6.6m (2019: £8.7m), with adjusted operating margins 
decreasing to 20.9% (2019: 23.2%). 

RM Results signed two new end-to-end digital assessment 
contracts in the year that include e-testing, e-marking and, 
for the first-time, remote invigilation.  The division has also 
signed a global baseline test with International Association 
for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement to deliver 
the Trends in International Mathematics and Science study 
across c.70 countries and also agreed several important 
contract renewals.  More widely the sales pipeline has been 
restricted by COVID-19 disruption and will remain challenging 
until travel restrictions are eased.

Revenues in the division reduced by 9% to £65.0m 
(2019: £71.6m) driven primarily by the conclusion of the 
Building Schools for the Future (BSF) programmes in 2019 
which resulted in a £5m reduction in revenue in 2020.  The 
Division proved to be more resilient with regard to UK 
school closures resulting from COVID-19 as most schools 
remained operational and required technology support as 
they continued to teach vulnerable children and those of 
key workers and support remote learning throughout the 
lockdown.  The sales pipeline was impacted through most 
of the year and remains challenging as school management 
teams focus on managing the changing COVID-19 protocols 
and policies.  Adjusted operating margins were retained 
at similar levels to the prior year at 14.3% (2019: 14.5%) 
delivering adjusted operating profit of £9.3m (2019: £10.4m).  
This reduction reflects the lower revenues partially offset 
by benefits from a pre-COVID restructuring programme and 
reduced discretionary spend through lockdown.

The division is made up of Services (83% of revenue) and 
Digital Platforms (17%) with a key focus of the division to 
build its annuity revenue offerings which accounted for 70% 
of revenue in 2020.

Services

The Services offering is primarily the provision of IT 
outsourcing and associated technology services (managed 
services) and managed broadband connectivity to UK 
schools and colleges.  Total Services revenues declined  
by 11% to £54.0m (2019: £60.8m) with managed services 
revenues declining 12% to £42.0m.  This was driven primarily 
by the absence of BSF revenues and a slight reduction in site 
numbers through the year as converting the sales pipeline 
became challenged.  Connectivity declined 7% to £12.0m 
due entirely to lower sales of unbundled IP addresses with 
underlying connectivity revenues up marginally.

Digital Software Platforms

The Digital Software Platform offering covers a number of 
key cloud-based products and services such as RM Integris 
(school management system), RM Unify (authentication and 
identity management system) and RM SafetyNet (internet 
filtering system) as well as other content, finance and network 
software offerings.  Digital Platforms revenues increased by 2% 
to £10.9m (2019: £10.8m) driven by sales of RM Unify which is 
used as part of enabling a cloud platform in schools.

20

21

STRATEGIC REPORTI M P A C T   O F   U K   W I T H D R AW A L   F R O M 
T H E   E U R O P E A N   U N I O N

The Company will continue to monitor the evolving situation 
following the UK withdrawal from the EU given the recent 
trade deal agreement and uncertainty regarding the flow of 
products through key ports.  The Group had European sales 
of £11.9m in 2020, of which £6.4m relate to physical product 
sales in RM Resources and £5.6m relate to software and 
services sales in RM Results and RM Education.

T R E A S U R Y   M A N A G E M E N T

The Company’s financial position is supported by a revolving 
credit facility of £70million that is shared between two banks, 
HSBC and Barclays.  It also has an additional accordion 
arrangement for a further £30million, enabling the Group to 
extend the facility to £100million.  The facility is committed 
to June 2022 but has the option of a further 2-year extension.  
The associated financial covenants are based on the 
definition of finance leases prior to the implementation of the 
new accounting standard, IFRS 16.

Treasury activities are managed centrally for the Group 
including banking relationships and foreign currency 
hedging.  The Group has foreign currency denominated costs 
that outweigh foreign currency denominated revenues and 
therefore increased currency volatility creates an exposure.  
This is primarily attributed to US Dollar and Indian rupee 
exposure.  This risk is managed through currency hedging 
against exchange rate movements, typically 9-12 months 
into the future.  The Group is also working to rebalance its 
exposure by growing its foreign currency denominated sales 
ahead of its costs to reduce the currency imbalance and more 
naturally hedge this risk over time.

G O I N G   C O N C E R N

The financial position, cash flows and liquidity position are 
described in the financial statements and the associated 
notes.  In addition, the notes to the financial statements 
include RM's objectives, policies and processes for managing 
its capital, financial risk management objectives, and 
exposure to credit and liquidity risk. 

The Group ended the year with a net debt of £1.3m which is a 
decrease of £13.7m on the prior year end position of £15.0m.  
The average net debt position during the year was £16.3m 
with the highest borrowing point being £29.6m relative to the 
banking revolving credit facility of £70 million.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis which the Directors consider to be appropriate 
for the following reasons. 

The Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for the period 
of not less than 12 months from the date of approval of these 
financial statements which indicate that, taking account of 
reasonably plausible downsides as discussed below, the 
Company will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities 
as they fall due for that period.  The facility is committed 
until 2022 and is subject to covenant tests related to the 
leverage of the Group and interest cover annually in May 
and November.  Management are not aware of any reasons 
why the extension would be not be granted, if requested to 
the lenders.

Throughout FY20 the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the 
Group primarily as a result of widespread school closures 
and the cancellation of UK and some International summer 
exam sessions.  In December, prior to the recent COVID-19 
school closures the Group was trading in line with internal 
budgets and forecasts.  During previous periods of school 
closures and subsequent limited school re-openings, the 
RM Education division continued to provide software, 
services and technology to UK schools, but the volume of 
hardware and new installations fell slightly.  The RM Results 
division continues to provide digital assessment solutions 
for International awarding bodies and is currently in 
discussions with these customers about the impact of 
COVID-19 on their exam cycles.  While returning close to 
previous performance during the schools re-opening in 
FY20, sales of consumables to UK and International  
schools by the Group’s third division, RM Resources, have 
been materially lower over the periods of lockdown  
driven by the volume of pupils in schools and nurseries. 

Actions taken by management to reduce the impact of 
COVID-19 included a temporary furloughing of employees, 
later repaid, a deferral of pension deficit payments, also 
later repaid, and pausing of discretionary spending and 
capital projects.  The proposed FY19 final dividend was also 
cancelled to protect Group cash flow.  All business units were 
profitable in FY20.

The Group has assessed a number of scenarios for going 
concern purposes and is using a base case scenario 
assessment based on the known COVID-19 restrictions at 
January 2021, namely that UK schools will remain closed 
in quarter 1 FY21,  the UK Government announcements of 
exam cancellations included and reduced international exam 
volumes ('base case').  Management has considered a severe 
but plausible downside scenario based on further lockdowns 
after March 2021 in varying months across the going concern 
period to reflect the risk of further school closures in  
quarter 4 FY21 and quarter 1 FY22 ('downside scenario').  
Under this downside scenario, the forecasts assume that 
trading during future lockdowns is equivalent to that 
experienced to date in the current Government imposed 
lockdown during January 2021.  This is similar to levels 
experienced in June 2020 when only certain year groups 
had returned to school.  

Under the downside scenario, management would take 
the decision to reduce further discretionary spend.  The 
levels of discretionary spend reductions are being actively 
reassessed with the announcements by UK Government 
indicating their desires to get schools operating normally as 
soon as practical.  Under the downside scenarios the Group 
has headroom against its available facilities without using 
all its available options in relation to cash management, and 
considers there are sufficient controllable actions it can take, 
even if a more severe downside case were to materialise, 
to operate within the facility’s covenants.  At present the 
Directors consider a more severe downside case to be highly 
unlikely, given the vaccine rollout and the communicated 
desire by the UK Government to prioritise the reopening of 
schools at the earliest opportunity. 

Therefore, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the 
Group and Company has adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence and meet their liabilities as they 
fall due for a period of not less than 12 months from the 
date of approval of these financial statements.  For this 
reason, the Group and Company continues to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual 
financial statements.

F I N A N C I A L   V I A B I L I T Y   S T A T E M E N T

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, in 
addition to an assessment of going concern, the Directors have 
also considered the prospects of the Group and Company 
over a longer time period.  The period of assessment chosen 
is three years, which is consistent with the time period over 
which the Group’s medium-term financial budgets are 
prepared.  These financial budgets include Income Statements, 
Balance Sheets and Cash Flow Statements.  They have been 
assessed by the Board in conjunction with the principal risks 
of the Group, which are documented within the Principal and 
Emerging Risks and Uncertainties section above, along with 
their mitigating actions.

The Board considers that the principal risks which have 
the potential to threaten the Group’s business models, 
future  performance, solvency or liquidity over the three-year 
period are:

1.  Public policy risk – UK education policy priority changes 
or restrictions in government funding due to fiscal policy.

2.  Operational execution – including:

•  Major adverse performance in a key contract or 

product which results in negative publicity and which 
damages the Group’s brand.

•  Delays and failure to exploit the benefits of key projects 

where we are investing more significant levels of 
discretionary capital expenditure.   

3.  Business continuity – an event impacting the Group’s 

major buildings, systems or infrastructure components.  
This would include a major incident at one of 
RM Resources' main warehouses.

4.  Strategic risks

•  Loss of a significant contract which underpins an 

element of a Division’s activity.

•  Significant reduction in gross margins.

•  Further impacts of COVID-19 lockdowns and 

exam cancellations.

Having assessed the above risks, singularly and in 
combination, and via sensitivity analysis, the Directors have 
a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the three year period of assessment and are not aware 
of any reason that viability would be an issue.

Neil Martin 
Chief Financial Officer 
11 February 2021

22

23

STRATEGIC REPORT  
\

D I R E C T O R S ’   B I O G R A P H I E S

J O H N   P O U LT E R 
Chairman (r) (n)

John Poulter was appointed as Non-Executive Chairman 
of RM plc on 1 May 2013.  He is also Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee of the Board.  Mr Poulter is a former 
Chairman of 4imprint Group plc and a former Chairman and 
former Chief Executive of Spectris plc.  He has also been a 
Non-Executive Director of a number of public and private 
companies including FTSE 250 constituents BTP plc, RAC plc 
and Kidde plc.

D AV I D   B R O O K S 
Chief Executive Officer

David Brooks was appointed Chief Executive Officer of RM plc 
on 1 March 2013, having been appointed to the Board as 
Chief Operating Officer on 1 July 2012.  He originally joined 
RM, with a degree in computing, on the Group’s graduate 
scheme.  He has gained extensive experience in several 
senior roles across the RM Group.  David has tendered his 
resignation and leaves his role on 31 March 2021.

P A U L   D E A N 
Non-Executive Director (a) (r) (n)

Paul Dean joined the Board on 4 February 2020 as a 
Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee.  He is currently Non-Executive Director and Chair 
of the Audit Committee for Wincanton plc and Focusrite plc.  
He was previously the Senior Independent Director and Chair 
of the Audit Committee Chair at Porvair plc and Polypipe plc, 
Group Finance Director of Ultra-Electronics plc from 
2008 to 2013 and Group Finance Director of Foseco plc from 
2005 to 2008.  Paul is a Chartered Management Accountant. 

V I C K Y   G R I F F I T H S 
Independent Non-Executive Director (a) (r) (n)

Vicky Griffiths joined the Board on 1 July 2020 as a 
Non-Executive Director.  She spent five years as a teacher 
of Maths and Economics at both primary and secondary 
level and currently sits on the board of multi-academy 
trust, Bellevue Place Education Trust.  She trained at Bain 
and Company and was responsible for operational and 
business risk at Brevan Howard Asset Management.  She is 
now a Partner at executive search firm, Independent Search 
Partnership, as well as Senior Independent Director of the 
British Olympic Foundation, a Trustee of Vincent’s Club at 
Oxford University and she sits on the Main Committee of 
the MCC at Lords. 

P A T R I C K   M A R T E L L 
Independent Non-Executive Director (a) (r) (n)

Patrick Martell joined the Board on 1 January 2014 as a 
Non-Executive Director and was appointed Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee on 19 March 2014.  Mr Martell is a 
former Group CEO of St Ives plc, having joined in 1980.  He 
was appointed to the Board of St Ives plc on 1 August 2003 
and held the position of Managing Director, Media Products 
and Managing Director, UK Operations from 2006 to 2009, 
at which point he was appointed Group CEO.  Mr Martell is 
currently Group Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive of 
the Informa Intelligence Division of Informa plc.

N E I L   M A R T I N 
Chief Financial Officer

Neil Martin joined the Company and the Board on 
28 September 2015.  Prior to joining RM, he was CFO for  
UK and Ireland for the Adecco Group, the leading provider  
of HR solutions listed on the Swiss Stock Exchange.  He was 
CFO at the UK listed, IT staffing company, Spring plc until 
it was acquired by Adecco in 2009.  Mr Martin started his 
career by spending seven years at Exxon Mobil.   
Neil is a Chartered Accountant (CIMA).

Committee membership as at the date of this report: 

(a) 

(r) 

(n) 

Audit Committee Member 

Remuneration Committee Member 

Nomination Committee Member

24

G O V E R N A N C E

25

 
 
 
D I R E C T O R S ’   R E P O R T

The Directors submit their report together with the audited 
consolidated and Company financial statements for the year 
ended 30 November 2020.

The Corporate Governance Report is incorporated into this 
report by reference.

D I V I D E N D S

Subject to shareholder approval, a final dividend of  
3.00 pence per share is proposed; no interim dividend has 
been paid during the year ended 30 November 2020.  
In the year ended 30 November 2019, only an interim 
dividend of 2.00 pence per share was paid.

T R E A S U R Y   A N D   F O R E I G N   E X C H A N G E

The Group has in place appropriate treasury policies and 
procedures, which are approved by the Board.  The treasury 
function manages interest rates for both borrowings and cash 
deposits for the Group and is also responsible for ensuring 
there is sufficient headroom against any banking covenants 
contained within its credit facilities, and that appropriate 
facilities are available in order that the Group can continue to 
meet its strategic plans.

In order to mitigate and manage exchange rate risk, 
the Group routinely enters into forward contracts and 
continues to monitor exchange rate risk in respect of foreign 
currency exposures.

All these treasury policies and procedures are regularly 
monitored and reviewed.  It is the Group’s policy not to 
undertake speculative transactions which create additional 
exposures over and above those arising from normal 
trading activity.

E N V I R O N M E N T A L   P O L I C Y 
A N D   R E P O R T I N G

The Group recognises the importance of its activities being 
carried out in an environmentally friendly and compliant 
manner.  We attribute great importance to environmental 
matters and considerations as we deem it important to 
promote sustainability and also to minimise the potential 
negative environmental impact of products and processes.  
These actions include efficient utility usage, waste  
reduction/recycling and use of energy saving features in 
products.  Over the course of the year we have undertaken a 
review of our current activity and strategy with the support of 
a third party provider.  On the back of this the Executive are 
currently reviewing the Group’s sustainability strategy with the 
intention of identifying projects that enhance our sustainable 
business practices.

RM Resources’ new HQ and distribution centre built at Harrier 
Park has been assessed as “very good” by BREEAM standards 
and is built with heat retention glass, rain-water harvesting, 
PIR LED lighting and electric vehicle recharging.  When it 
becomes operational, this new building will be significantly 
more efficient and sustainable than the current four sites it 
will replace and there will also be benefits in reduced logistics 
and packaging.  Further details on this will be provided once 
the site becomes operational.

The Group is required to report Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
for all Group companies within the Annual Report 
and has elected to report emissions for the year to 
30 September 2020.

Set out overleaf are all of the emission sources required to be 
reported under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013.

The GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard (revised edition) has been applied.  The 
figures include emissions arising from all financially 
controlled assets.

All emissions factors have been selected from the emissions 
conversion factors published annually by the Department for 
Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (which can be found at 
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/ 
greenhouse-gas-reporting-conversion-factors-2020).

26

G O V E R N A N C E

27

Emissions by scope

H E A LT H   A N D   S A F E T Y

S I G N I F I C A N T   A G R E E M E N T S

Year ended 30 September 2020

Year ended 30 September 2019

Year ended 30 September 2018

Scope

Source

Country

Tonnes CO2℮

Tonnes CO2℮ Tonnes CO2℮

Absolute totals 

Absolute totals 
Tonnes CO2℮ Tonnes CO2℮

Absolute totals 
Tonnes CO2℮

Scope 1

Van/car travel

UK

Van/car travel

India

Gas

Electricity

UK

UK

Electricity

India

Electricity

Australia

Scope 2 
(location 
based)

Total

Note: CO2℮ means CO2 equivalent 

187

4

555

431

481

35

746

947

1,693

409

6

676

719

595

17

418

6

789

805

634

0

1,091

1,331

2,422

1,276

1,439

2,715

The Group has reduced its emissions in 2020 compared to 2019 by 729 tonnes, a reduction of 30%.  This is partly attributable to a 
25% reduction in the first half of the year, compared to the same period in the previous year, due to ongoing benefits of building 
consolidation across the Group.  In the second half of the year the reduction compared to the previous year was 40% due to offices 
being closed due to COVID-19.  

Emissions have also been analysed using an intensity metric, which will enable the Company to monitor how well emissions  
are controlled on an annual basis, independent of fluctuations in the levels of activity.  The metric used is ‘emissions per  
full-time equivalent (FTE) employee’.  The Group’s emissions per employee are shown in the table below.

Tonnes CO2℮/employee

Year ended 
30 September 2020

Year ended 
30 September 2019

Year ended 
30 September 2018

Scope 1

Scope 2

Total

0.40

0.50

0.90

0.54

0.67

1.21

0.66

0.74

1.40

The aggregate energy consumption by the Group during the year ended 30 September 2020 was 5,275,330 KwH with 87% consumption 
in the United Kingdom and 13% offshore.  This is based on the information provided by suppliers.  

D A T A   P R O T E C T I O N

Given the nature of its operations, the Company has always taken data protection matters seriously.  The security and integrity of 
customer data is critical and its importance to the Group is noted in the table of “Principal Risks and Uncertainties” in the Strategic Report.

The Company has a formal Group Security and Business Continuity Committee (GSBCC), which oversees data protection matters.   
That Committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and attendees include the Group’s Data Protection Officer (DPO), 
Chief Information Officer, Group HR Director and representatives from each of the Divisions.

As part of its ongoing programme of GDPR-compliance, the Group has formal data protection policies to which all staff are required to 
adhere, ongoing training is provided to all staff, security vetting of relevant suppliers and other third parties is conducted and contracts 
are governed to ensure that all relevant legal requirements are addressed.

The DPO works independently of management in fulfilment of the statutory duties required of that role and, should any issues arise, 
he can escalate these directly to the Board via the Company Secretary.  As well as attending the GSBCC, the DPO provides regular 
(at least quarterly) updates to the Board on data protection matters.  In those updates, reports are provided on all relevant data 
protection matters, including those relating to security and any legal and regulatory developments.

The Group has implemented a health and safety 
management system which aims to continually improve 
health and safety implementation and is designed to meet 
the requirements of ISO 45001.  The following objectives are 
incorporated into the health and safety management system:

•  Raising health and safety awareness;

•  Effective training; 

•  Risk reduction and management; and

•  Accident reduction.

During the global COVID-19 pandemic there has been significant 
focus in ensuring the safety and well-being of all employees.  
Further details are in the Corporate Governance Report.

M O D E R N   S L AV E R Y

The Group enters into long-term contracts to supply 
IT products and services to its customers.  Wherever possible, 
these contracts do not have change of control provisions, 
but some significant contracts do include such provisions.

In July 2019, the Company entered into a revised agreement 
extending the term of the revolving credit facility, with 
Barclays Bank plc and with HSBC Bank plc, to June 2022.  
The principal facility has been increased to £70m.  In addition, 
the Company has a £30m accordion facility, enabling the 
Company to extend the total facility up to £100m.  That facility 
is subject to termination in the event of a change of control of 
the Company or the de-listing of any part of the share capital 
of the Company from the Official List:

O V E R S E A S   B R A N C H E S

The Group has an overseas branch in Singapore.

Our Modern Slavery statement for the year ending 
30 November 2019 is available on the website www.rmplc.com.

D I R E C T O R S

P O L I T I C A L   D O N A T I O N S

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries made any 
political donations or incurred any political expenditure 
during the year.

C O M M U N I T Y

RM engages in a number of community activities across the 
Group which are managed and organised on a divisional and 
geographical basis.

In the UK, this has included making key remote learning 
products available for free during the COVID-19 lockdown and 
subsequent school closures and raising funds for educational 
charities that are chosen by the staff in each division.

In India, the RM ESI Foundation was established in 2007 
to provide support in and around Trivandrum, India.  The 
Foundation provides help to bright, underprivileged children 
to pursue their education and to government-owned schools.  
In 2020, 49 students were supported through the foundation.

R E S E A R C H   A N D   D E V E L O P M E N T

The Company continues to develop and maintain its existing 
software products whilst staff work to develop new and more 
effective systems and products.  The Company incurred £7.9m 
of research and development in the year, which was expensed 
in the income statement (2019: £6.6m).  This primarily relates 
to product research, maintenance and related expenditure 
which does not meet capitalisation criteria.

Details of those Directors who have held office during the 
financial year and up to the date of signing this report and any 
changes since the start of the financial year are given below:

John Poulter
Andy Blundell (until 24 May 2020)
David Brooks
Paul Dean (from 4 February 2020)
Vicky Griffiths (from 1 July 2020)
Patrick Martell 
Neil Martin
Deena Mattar (until 31 July 2020)

Biographical details of the current Directors are given in the 
Directors’ Biographies section of the Annual Report.  The 
appointment and removal of Directors is governed by the 
constitutional documents of the Company and the Companies 
Act 2006.  The Directors may from time to time appoint one or 
more Directors.  At the forthcoming Annual General Meeting 
all Directors will stand for re-election in accordance with best 
practice and guidance set out in the UK Corporate Governance 
Code.  All Directors have either a letter of appointment 
or a service contract, details of which can be found in the 
Remuneration Report.

The Group has provided indemnity insurance for one or more 
of the Directors during the financial year and at the date of 
signing this report.  The Directors also have the benefit of a 
Deed of Indemnity in respect of liabilities which may attach 
to them in their capacity as Directors of the Company.  These 
provisions are qualifying third party indemnity provisions as 
defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006.

28

29

GOVERNANCE 
D I R E C T O R S '   P O W E R S

The Board manages the business of the Company under the powers set out in the constitutional documents.  These powers include 
the Directors’ ability to issue or buy-back shares.  Shareholders’ authority to empower the Directors to purchase the Company’s 
own ordinary shares is sought at the AGM each year.  The constitutional documents can only be amended, or replaced, by a special 
resolution passed in general meeting by at least 75% of the votes cast.

A L L O T M E N T   A N D   P U R C H A S E   O F   S H A R E S

At the Annual General Meeting held on 26 March 2020, members renewed the authority under:

M A N A G E M E N T   R E P O R T

For the purposes of compliance with DTR 4.1.5R(2) and  
DTR 4.1.8R, the required content of the “Management Report” 
can be found in the Strategic Report or this Directors’ 
Report, including the material incorporated by reference.  
As permitted, some of the matters to be included in the 
Directors’ Report have been included in the Strategic Report 
such as the business review and future prospects.

(1) section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal authority of £639,047.  This authority has 
not been used since the Annual General Meeting; and

S I G N I F I C A N T   E V E N T S   S I N C E   T H E 
E N D   O F   T H E   F I N A N C I A L   Y E A R

(2) section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases on the London Stock Exchange of up to 8,387,501 ordinary 
shares, being 10% of the issued share capital of the Company.  The minimum price which may be paid for each share is the nominal 
value.  The maximum price which may be paid for a share is an amount equal to the higher of (1) 5% above the average of the middle 
market quotations of the Company’s ordinary shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business 
days immediately preceding the day on which such share is contracted to be purchased, and (2) the higher of the last independent 
trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out.  This authority 
has not been used since the Annual General Meeting.

The Directors will seek to renew these authorities at the next Annual General Meeting scheduled for 8 April 2021.

T H E   T A K E O V E R S   D I R E C T I V E S

The Company has one class of share capital, ordinary shares.  All the shares rank pari passu.  There are no special control rights in 
relation to the Company’s shares.  As at 30 November 2020, the RM plc Employee Share Trust owned 1,168,921 ordinary shares in 
the Company (1.39% of the issued share capital); any voting or other similar decisions relating to those shares would be taken by 
the Trustees, who may take account of any recommendation of the Board of the Company.

S U B S T A N T I A L   S H A R E H O L D I N G S

On 31 January 2021, the Company had received notifications that the following parties were interested in accordance with DTR 5:

Shareholder

No. of shares

Percentage of  
Issued Share Capital 
as at 31 January 2021

No. of shares 
Direct

No. of shares 
Indirect

Schroders Investment Management Ltd

Castlefield Fund Partners Ltd

Aberforth Partners LLP

BlackRock Inc

Canacord Genuity Group Inc

Majedie Asset Management Ltd

Artemis Fund Managers  Ltd

14,263,444

13,000,000

10,142,345

8,779,532

4,725,312

3,930,360

3,667,412

17.006%

15.50%

12.09%

10.46%

5.63%

4.69%

4.37%

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

14,263,444

13,000,000

10,142,345

8,779,532

4,725,312

3,930,360

3,667,412

Details of such events have been included in the  
Strategic Report.

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R   A N D 
D I S C L O S U R E   O F   I N F O R M A T I O N 
T O   A U D I T O R

As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit 
information (as defined by section 418(3) of the Companies 
Act 2006) of which the Company’s auditor, KPMG LLC, is 
unaware and each of the Directors have taken reasonable 
steps in order to make themselves aware of relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

A resolution to appoint Deloitte LLP as auditor of the 
Company will be proposed at the next Annual General 
Meeting.  Details of the audit tender process are set out in 
the Audit Committee Report.

S T A T E M E N T   O F   D I R E C T O R S ’ 
R E S P O N S I B I L I T I E S   I N   R E S P E C T   O F 
T H E   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   A N D   T H E 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Group and parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.  

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and 
parent Company financial statements for each financial 
year.  Under that law they are required to prepare the Group 
financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European 
Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and applicable law 
and have elected to prepare the parent Company financial 
statements on the same basis.  

Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
parent Company and of their profit or loss for that period.  
In preparing each of the Group and parent Company financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;  

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, 

relevant and reliable;  

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

IFRSs as adopted by the EU;  

•  assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to 

continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern; and  

•  use the going concern basis of accounting unless 

they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent 
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the parent Company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
parent Company and enable them to ensure that its financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.  They are 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps 
as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the 
Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.  

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are 
also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ 
Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate 
Governance Statement that complies with that law and 
those regulations.  

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website.  Legislation in the UK governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.  

The Directors consider the Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy, and provide appropriate guidance on its 
future prospects. 

30

31

GOVERNANCER E S P O N S I B I L I T Y   S T A T E M E N T   O F 
T H E   D I R E C T O R S   I N   R E S P E C T   O F   T H E 
A N N U A L   F I N A N C I A L   R E P O R T

Each of the Directors, whose names are listed in this 
Directors’ Report, confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

• 

• 

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 
applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit 
or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole; and

the Strategic and Directors’ Reports include a fair review 
of the development and performance of the business and 
the position of the issuer and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.  

A copy of the Group financial statements is posted on the 
Group’s website www.rmplc.com.

A N N U A L   G E N E R A L   M E E T I N G

The forthcoming Annual General Meeting will be held on 
8 April 2021 at 142B Park Drive, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, 
OX14 4SE, at the time set out in the Annual General Meeting 
notice.  The notice of the Annual General Meeting contains 
the full text of resolutions to be proposed.

By Order of the Board

Mark Lágler 
Company Secretary 
11 February 2021

32

33

GOVERNANCEC O R P O R A T E   G O V E R N A N C E   R E P O R T

I N T R O D U C T I O N   F R O M   T H E   C H A I R M A N

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

The Board consists of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer and four Non-Executive Directors including 
the Chairman.  The Chairman was considered independent 
on appointment.  The Board considers all of the Non-
Executive Directors (including the Non-Executive Directors 
starting in the last 12 months) to be independent of the 
management of the Company and free from any business or 
other relationship which could materially interfere with the 
exercise of their independent judgment.  The Directors bring 
to the Board a wide range of financial and business skills and 
extensive experience and knowledge suited to the nature of 
the Company. 

The Board of Directors meets regularly on a formal basis 
and holds additional ad hoc meetings as necessary to 
review strategic, operational and financial matters, including 
proposed acquisitions and divestments, and has a formal 
schedule of matters reserved to it for decision.  Those 
matters include the approval of interim and annual financial 
statements, the annual budget, significant Stock Exchange 
announcements, significant contracts and capital investment, 
in addition to reviewing the effectiveness of the internal control 
systems and principal risks of the Group.  The Chairman 
holds meetings with the Non-Executive Directors without the 
Executive Directors present when considered appropriate.

The Board is supplied with monthly management accounts 
and detailed operational reviews.  The Board is also 
informed of any key developments or issues that require 
their consideration as and when they arise and management 
ensures that further information and/or clarification is 
provided to the Board as required from time to time.

Any concerns about the operation of the Board or the 
management of the Company that cannot be resolved are 
recorded in the Board minutes.

All Directors have access to the advice and services of 
the Company Secretary, and all the Directors are able to 
take independent professional advice, if necessary, at the 
Company’s expense.

All Directors are appointed for specific terms subject 
to annual re-election by shareholders at each 
Annual General Meeting.

As Chairman, I am responsible for ensuring that the 
Company has high standards of corporate governance.  
While the UK Corporate Governance Code, as published 
and updated from time to time, sets out a framework for 
corporate governance, irrespective of that Code, the Board 
tries to foster throughout the organisation a culture of open 
and honest communication, constructive challenge, proper 
division of responsibilities and consideration of all relevant 
stakeholders, all set within a structure containing appropriate 
checks and balances.  The Board sees this as a positive 
contributor to effective business operations.

This Corporate Governance Report which incorporates 
the relevant sections of the reports of the three 
Board Committees, summarises how the provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (‘Code’) have been 
applied and how the Board and Board Committees have 
fulfilled their responsibilities during the year.

Governance
This is the first report for the Company under the revised 
Code and on behalf of the Board, I confirm that the Company 
has complied with the provisions of the Code throughout 
the 12 month period ended 30 November 2020.  In respect 
of provision 25, the Terms of Reference of the three Board 
Committees were formally updated in October 2020 to reflect 
the new provisions of the Code, although the Committees 
complied with the provisions of the Code throughout the 
12 month period ended 30 November 2020.   

Composition
During 2020, Deena Mattar and Andrew Blundell retired 
from the Board having provided insightful guidance and 
contributions during their tenure.  Paul Dean and Vicky Griffiths 
were welcomed as new Non-Executive Directors and bring 
skills and experiences that are valuable and complementary 
to the Board.  Patrick Martell was appointed as Senior 
Independent Director on the retirement on Deena Mattar.

We are also conducting a search for a new CEO as 
David Brooks has tendered his resignation after 
25 years’ service with RM.

Stakeholders
We believe strongly that the long-term success of the 
Company is linked to ensuring accountability, transparency 
and fairness in dealings with stakeholders.  You can read 
more about this on page 38.

John Poulter 
Chairman

34

The Board

The Board is collectively responsible for the sustainable long-term success of the Group.  

The key roles of the Board are: 

•  Setting the strategic direction of the Group.

•  Overseeing implementation of the strategy and ensuring that the Group is suitably 

resourced to achieve its objectives and effectively engages with stakeholders.

•  Overall responsibility for the management of risk and for reviewing the effectiveness  

of the framework for internal control and risk management.

Chairman

Senior Independent Director

Non-Executive Directors

•  Responsible for overall leadership 

•  Deputises for the Chairman and acts 

•  Share full responsibility for the 

and governance of the Board and 

as intermediary for other Directors, 

execution of the Board’s duties.

ensures constructive relations between 

if needed.

•  Scrutinise and challenge 

Executive and Non-Executive Directors.

•  Meets with the Non-Executive 

strategic proposals.

•  Sets the agenda, ensures adequate 

Directors, without the Chairman 

•  Monitor the performance of 

time is available for discussion 

present, when considered  

management on an ongoing basis.

of agenda items and promotes a 

appropriate, and leads the appraisal 

culture of openness and debate at 

of the Chairman’s performance.

Board meetings.

•  Available to respond to shareholder 

•  Provides support and advice to the 

concerns if they have concerns which 

Chief Executive Officer.

contact through the normal channels 

•  Ensures effective communications 

has failed to resolve.

with shareholders.

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

•  Oversees and monitors the 

•  Reviews and recommends the 

•  Reviews the structure, size and 

Company’s financial statements, 

accounting processes and audits 

(internal and external).

framework and policy for the 

remuneration of the Executive 

composition of the Board and  

its Committees.

Directors and senior executives.

• 

Identifies and nominates suitable 

•  Ensures that risks are identified  

•  Reviews workforce remuneration 

and assessed, and that sound 

and related policies.

executive candidates to be 

appointed to the Board.

systems of risk management and 

•  Considers how the remuneration 

•  Considers wider aspects of 

internal control are in place.

policy supports the business strategy 

succession planning.

•  Reviews matters relating to fraud 

of the Group.

and whistleblowing reports.

Group Chief Executive

•  Responsible for the executive management of the Group as a whole and delivering 

the strategic and commercial objectives agreed by the Board.

•  Leads the Executive management team.

•  Maintenance and protection of the Group’s reputation.

•  Ensures the affairs of the Group are conducted with the highest standards of integrity.

•  Builds positive relationships with the Group’s stakeholders.

35

GOVERNANCEB O A R D   C O M M I T T E E S

The Board has delegated authority to three committees: Audit, Remuneration, and Nomination, the Executive Directors are not 
members of these Committees.  The Terms of Reference for each Committee setting out their responsibilities have been reviewed 
and amended to reflect the changes introduced by the Code this year and are available on www.rmplc.com.  For each Committee, 
information on their composition and activities is provided in the respective reports.  

B O A R D   A T T E N D A N C E

Details of the number of meetings of the Board and each Committee as well as attendance figures for each Director are set out in 
the table below.  This includes a number of additional ad hoc meetings held by the Board during 2020 to discuss the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.  All Directors attended all meetings held during the period they were Directors.

Number of meetings held in the period

John Poulter

Andy Blundell (left 24 May 2020)

David Brooks

Paul Dean (joined 4 February 2020)

Vicky Griffiths (joined 1 July 2020)

Patrick Martell

Neil Martin

Deena Mattar (left 31 July 2020)

Board 
Meetings

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

20

20

13

20

18

6

20

20

16

4

-

1

-

3

3

4

-

2

4

4

3

-

3

1

4

-

3

3

3

1

-

2

1

3

-

2

All Directors received papers for all meetings in advance.   
Where a Director was unable to attend a meeting, they had the opportunity to provide comments.

The Board ensures that on appointment and thereafter all Directors have sufficient time to carry out their duties.

No Director should undertake additional appointments without the prior approval of the Board.   
No such appointments have been undertaken in the year ended 30 November 2020.

B O A R D   T E N U R E

Details of the tenure of the members of the Board as at the date of this report are set out in the table below.

Tenure

Percentage of Board

0-2 years

2-5 years

5+ years

33%

33%

33%

I N D U C T I O N

All Directors receive an induction on joining the Board.  
Paul Dean and Vicky Griffiths joined the Board this year and 
met with all Board Directors, members of the Executive and 
other relevant employees individually.  They also received 
an information pack containing all key Company documents 
relevant to their role and responsibilities.  Visits to Company 
sites have not been feasible due to COVID-19 restrictions but 
will be set up once feasible.

B O A R D   E V A L U A T I O N

The performance of the Board and each Board Committee is 
reviewed on an annual basis and a review was conducted in 
October 2020. 

The performance of the:

•  Chairman is assessed by the Non-Executive Directors,  
led by the Senior Independent Director without the  
Chairman present;

D I R E C T O R S ’   C O N F L I C T S 
O F   I N T E R E S T S

There are procedures in place to identify, authorise and 
manage any conflict of interest of any Director with those of 
the Company and these procedures have operated effectively 
during the year.  There have been no conflicts of interest.

None of the independent Non-Executive Directors nor 
the Chairman have any personal financial interest in 
the Company other than through fees received or as a 
shareholder.  They are not involved in the day-to-day running 
of the business and have no personal conflicts of interest 
which could materially interfere with the exercise of their 
independent judgement.

A N N U A L   G E N E R A L   M E E T I N G

The Company complies with all the requirements  
of the Code in relation to the timing and operation  
of the Annual General Meeting. 

•  Chief Executive Officer is assessed by the Chairman, in 

consultation with the other Non-Executive Directors; and

S O C I A L ,   E T H I C A L   A N D 
E N V I R O N M E N T A L   I S S U E S

•  Chief Financial Officer is assessed by the Chief Executive 
Officer, in consultation with the Chairman and other  
Non-Executive Directors.

As a result of these reviews, it is considered that the 
performance of each of the Directors continues to be effective 
and that each Director demonstrates sufficient commitment 
to their role and enhances the collective effectiveness of the 
Board.  Communication during the COVID-19 pandemic was 
felt to be good.  A number of practical suggestions to improve 
the running of meetings were made and implemented.  An 
external facilitated Board evaluation was considered but not 
felt it would be useful given the recent changes to the Board.

E X E C U T I V E   C O M M I T T E E

The Executive Committee is chaired by the Chief Executive 
Officer.  The Executive Committee comprises the Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other senior 
managers within the Group.  The Executive Committee 
normally meets on a monthly basis to discuss policy and 
operational issues.  Those issues outside the delegated 
authority levels set by the Board are referred to the Board for 
its decision.  All Non-Executive Directors are invited to attend 
the Executive Committee meetings.

The Board takes regular account of the significance of 
social, ethical and environmental (‘SEE’) matters related to 
the Group’s business of providing IT services and solutions 
(including software, managed services and consultancy) to 
educational institutions.

The Board considers that the technology solutions it offers 
create opportunities for its customers to reduce their 
environmental impact.  It also considers that it has received 
adequate information to enable it to assess significant risks 
to the Company’s short and long-term value arising from 
SEE matters and has concluded that the risks associated 
with SEE matters are minimal.  The Board will continue 
to monitor those risks on an ongoing basis and will 
implement appropriate policies and procedures if those risks 
become significant.

B O A R D   D I V E R S I T Y   P O L I C Y

The Board is committed to ensuring appointments to the 
Board promote diversity so that it has a range of perspectives, 
experiences and backgrounds necessary to support good 
decision making.  Currently there is one female Board 
member.  The Board recognises the objective of 33% female 
members of the Board and increasing ethnic diversity, within 
the context of current Board size.

36

37

GOVERNANCES T A K E H O L D E R   E N G A G E M E N T

Employees

Shareholders

Suppliers

Engagement with our key stakeholders is vital to building a 
business that provides valued products and services to our 
customers, that employees are proud to be part of and that 
rewards shareholders.

The Board takes steps to understand the priorities and needs 
of stakeholders when setting RM’s strategy and when making 
decisions that are most likely to promote the long-term 
sustainable success of the Company for the benefit of its 
members as a whole.  In doing so, the Board has had regard to 
the matters set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 2006.

Examples of some of the principal decisions taken by the 
Board during the year are set out below:

Customers

Customers are central in setting the strategy and direction for 
the Company.  It is therefore important to the Company to 
manage actively its relationships with its customers through 
regular contact in order to understand the products and 
services that help them deliver their educational objectives.  
This includes the range of products and services we provide 
to support teachers in the classroom and the development 
of examination and assessment software that improves the 
efficiency and effectiveness of the assessment of learners.  
The Board discusses at each meeting any issues arising in 
relation to our key customers, the services we provide to 
them and future changes to those relationships.  This year 
this has included support for customers as they move to 
remote learning for many of their learners as well an increase 
in online assessments.  The Board also approves all major 
new contracts.

The potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our 
customers in schools and examination authorities was 
considered by the Board early in the crisis and we sought to 
continue to supply customers with the products they required 
and maintain the IT services of the schools we support so 
that they could continue to stay open.  We worked with 
examination authorities when exams were delayed 
or cancelled.  

The Board has always considered the treatment and 
engagement of the entire workforce as an issue of 
importance.  A number of processes have been in place to 
assist the Board in monitoring such matters, ranging from 
Company-wide employee surveys, consideration of key 
policies and tracking of attrition and labour turnover rates 
across each part of the business.  Further information is 
provided in the Strategic Report.

Through monthly business unit briefings, regular senior 
leader catch-up sessions with employees and staff surveys, 
people at all levels of the organisation are given the chance 
to ask questions and share their views on the business.  
In addition, as a response to the COVID-19 pandemic, an 
Employee Forum of approximately 40 employees was set up 
to help review the impact of the pandemic on the business 
and staff.  Feedback from such employee engagements and 
the Employee Forum was shared with the Board. 

During 2020, Patrick Martell was appointed as the designated 
Non-Executive Director for workplace engagement.  A 
timetable of activities was prepared for Patrick to engage with 
employees in different settings and with employees across 
the organisation.  In this role, Patrick meets with groups of 
employees in various formats including the Employee Forum 
and the Senior Leadership Team to hear about and discuss 
their experiences of working at RM.  Patrick reports back to 
the Board to help provide an insight into employee views and 
priorities during Board discussions and decision-making.

The health and safety of employees is of paramount 
importance to the Board.  In response to the pandemic, 
IT equipment was provided to help employees work from 
home and our distribution centres were re-configured and 
processes changed to ensure they were safe for all staff.  
Training was rolled out to help employees understand the 
health and safety aspects of home working and weekly 
well-being and mental health drop-in sessions were set up.  
Our distribution centres have remained in operation and 
members of the Executive have regularly visited distribution 
centres to review the operation of COVID-19 safety measures.

The Annual General Meeting is an important event attended 
by all Board members and provides an opportunity for 
shareholders to ask them questions directly.  Due to the 
COVID-19 restrictions, attendance at the last AGM was difficult.   
Directors were though available to speak with institutional 
shareholders on request and the CEO and Chairman have 
done so this year. 

During the year, investor events and results conference 
presentations were held - face to face and virtually - to speak 
directly to shareholders.  In order to maintain dialogue with 
institutional shareholders, the Executive Directors offer to 
meet with them following interim and final announcements 
of results, or otherwise, as appropriate. 

The Board is kept appraised of the views of major 
shareholders through regular dialogue with its broker and 
other advisors and from the feedback provided by the 
Executive Directors and Chairman respectively, following 
meetings held with shareholders.  Shareholder feedback 
this year has covered strategy, dividends, succession and the 
impact of COVID-19 and this forms a part of the discussions at 
Board meetings.  The impact of not paying dividends during 
the year to shareholders was given significant consideration 
by the Board, as was the decision to adjourn the Annual 
General Meeting.  The Board also receives regular updates on 
shareholder register changes and analyst communications.

Regular review meetings are held with key suppliers to 
help build a strong relationship.  Reviews and audits are 
made of suppliers to help ensure they are not involved in 
modern slavery.  

The Board reviews and discusses the 6 monthly payment 
practices reports for all subsidiaries; the figures are available 
at Companies House.

Environment/Communities

RM continues to be a trusted and reliable partner to schools 
across the country and increasingly around the world.  It was 
important therefore during the COVID-19 pandemic for the 
Company to ensure schools continued to receive the goods 
and services they required to stay open. 

The Board made the decision to pay back all the money it 
had received under the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme 
once it was clear this additional financial support was 
not needed.  

The Company provided free of charge hundreds of home 
learning materials and activities to UK schools during the first 
national lockdown.

We participated in the DfE discussions held during the first 
national lockdown on how to support schools to enable 
vulnerable students to access online education tools.  We 
have also participated in the DfE cloud platform scheme to 
help staff at schools to access information and systems while 
working at home.

38

39

GOVERNANCEThe main features of the systems of internal financial 
control include:

•  A financial planning process with an annual budget 

approved by the Board; the budget is regularly updated 
providing an updated forecast for the year.

•  Monthly comparison of actual results against budget.

•  Written procedures detailing operational and financial 

internal control policies which are reviewed on a 
regular basis.

•  Existence of an internal audit function overseen by the 

Group Financial Controller.

•  Regular reporting to the Board on treasury and 

legal matters.

•  Defined investment control guidelines and procedures.

•  Regular reviews by the Executive Committee of the Group’s 
systems and procedures, the principal risks facing the 
Company and the steps taken to mitigate and address 
those risks.

•  Periodic reviews by the Audit Committee of the principal 
risks facing the Company and mitigating actions as noted 
above, as well as of the Group’s systems and procedures to 
identify and address those risks.

•  Strategic planning that anticipates both opportunities and 

any resource challenges.

The majority of the Group’s financial and management 
information is processed and stored on computer 
systems.  The Group is dependent on systems that require 
sophisticated computer networks.  The Group has established 
controls and procedures over the security of data held on 
such systems, including business continuity arrangements.

Both the Board and Audit Committee have reviewed the 
operation and effectiveness of this framework of internal 
control for the period and up to the date of approval of the 
Annual Report.  Further details are provided in the Strategic 
and Audit Committee Reports.

I N T E R N A L   C O N T R O L

The Group maintains an ongoing process in respect of 
internal control to safeguard shareholders’ investments and 
the Group’s assets and to facilitate the effective and efficient 
operation of the Group.

These processes enable the Group to respond appropriately, 
and in a timely fashion, to significant business, operational, 
financial, compliance and other risks, in line with the Code, 
which may otherwise prevent the achievement of the  
Group’s objectives.

The Group recognises that it operates in a highly competitive 
market that can be affected by factors and events outside its 
control.  Details of the main risks faced by the Group are set 
out in the “Principal and Emerging Risks and Uncertainties” 
table in the Strategic Report.  The Group is committed to 
mitigating risks arising wherever possible.  Internal controls 
that are considered, applied and monitored appropriately, 
are an essential tool in achieving this objective.

The key elements of the framework for the Group’s internal 
control, which have been effective during 2020 and up to the 
date of approval of the financial statements are set out below:

•  The existence of a clear organisational structure 

with defined lines of responsibility and delegation of 
authority from the Board to its Executive Directors and 
operating divisions.

•  A procedure for the regular review of reporting business 

issues and risks by operating divisions.

•  Regular review meetings with the operating management.

•  A planning and management reporting system operated 

by each division and the Executive Directors.

•  The establishment of appropriate operating and 

financial policies.

The Directors have overall responsibility for establishing 
financial and other reporting procedures to provide them 
with a reasonable basis on which to make proper judgments 
as to the financial position and prospects of the Group, and 
they have responsibility for establishing the Group’s system 
of internal control and for monitoring its effectiveness.  The 
Group’s systems are designed to provide Directors with 
reasonable assurance that physical and financial assets 
are safeguarded, transactions are authorised and properly 
recorded, and material errors and irregularities are either 
prevented or detected with the minimum of delay.  However, 
systems of internal financial control can provide only 
reasonable and not absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

40

41

GOVERNANCEA U D I T   C O M M I T T E E   R E P O R T

The Audit Committee operates under terms of reference 
approved by the Board, with the purposes of:

•  Monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of 
the Company and the Group including consideration 
of whether the reporting is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and applying the same assessment to 
any formal announcements relating to the Company’s 
financial performance.

•  Reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s 
internal financial controls and risk management systems.

•  Reviewing and agreeing the Group’s adoption of 
going concern, and the adequacy of the financial 
viability statement.

•  Reviewing the adequacy and security of the Group’s 
arrangements for whistleblowing, the procedures for 
detecting fraud and the systems and controls for the 
prevention of bribery and the reporting of non-compliance.

•  Monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s 
internal audit processes, the remit of internal audit and 
its operation.

•  Considering and making recommendations on matters 
relating to the appointment of the Company’s external 
auditor, overseeing the relationship with the Company’s 
external auditor (including approving remuneration 
levels, terms of engagement, and implementing the 
policy on non-audit services), assessing the auditor’s 
independence and objectivity, monitoring the quality and 
effectiveness of the external audit process, reviewing the 
audit plan and reviewing the findings of the audit with 
the Company’s auditor.

F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

The Audit Committee reviewed the form and content of 
the Annual Report and the interim results prior to their 
publication to provide assurance that the disclosure made 
in the financial statements was properly set in context.

The Audit Committee reviewed and considered the 
following areas:

•  The methods used to account for significant or unusual 
transactions where different approaches are possible.

•  Whether the Group has followed appropriate 

accounting standards and made appropriate estimates 
and judgements, taking into account the views of the 
Company’s auditor.

•  The consistency of, and any changes to, accounting 

policies both on a year-on-year basis and across the Group.

•  The clarity of disclosure in the Company’s financial reports.

•  The effect of the introduction of IFRS 16 on the accounts of 

the Group and the key judgements involved.

•  The supporting assumptions and considerations behind 
the adoption of the statements relating to going concern 
and financial viability.

•  The fair, balanced and understandable nature of the 

Company’s financial report.

As part of this process the Audit Committee received reports 
from the Company’s management and the external auditor.  
The external auditor provided its audit opinion along with its 
audit findings that were of significance in relation to the audit 
of the annual financial statements and a high-level review 
of the interim financial statements.  The Audit Committee 
reviewed these reports with the external auditor.

The Audit Committee considers that the significant 
accounting judgements upon which the accounts are based 
relate primarily to revenue recognition for long-term contracts 
under IFRS 15.  In these contracts the arrangements are often 
complex, particularly with respect to variable consideration 
and service performance measures.

These contracts can involve significant judgements that may 
impact the recognition of revenue including:

•  The identification of performance obligations included 

within the contract.

•  The allocation of revenue to performance obligations 

including the impact of variable consideration.

•  The combination of goods and services into a single 

performance obligation.

•  The measurement of progress for performance obligations 

satisfied over time. 

•  The consideration of onerous contract conditions and 

associated loss provisions.

The Audit Committee received papers which included regular 
updates on the key judgements and estimates arising on the 
more complex and significant contracts in respect of IFRS 15. 

The Audit Committee also considers that there is 
considerable estimation in the assumptions used 
in deriving the defined pension scheme valuations.  
The Audit Committee reviews the key assumptions 
proposed by the Group’s actuaries which include:

•  CPI/RPI rates

•  Mortality rates

•  Discount rates

Management reported to the Committee that they were 
not aware of any material misstatements.  The auditor 
reported to the Committee that they had not found any 
material misstatements in the course of their work.  The Audit 
Committee was also satisfied that the significant assumptions 
used for determining the value of assets and liabilities 
had been appropriately scrutinised, challenged and were 
sufficiently robust.

The Audit Committee considered and is satisfied that, taken 
as a whole, the Annual Report 2020 is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business 
model and strategy.  

C O M P O S I T I O N   A N D   Q U A L I F I C A T I O N S 
O F   T H E   A U D I T   C O M M I T T E E

At the start of the year the Audit Committee comprised 
Deena Mattar, FCA (Chairman), Andy Blundell and 
Patrick Martell, all of whom were independent Non-Executive 
Directors.  On 4 February 2020 Paul Dean FCMA was 
appointed as Chairman of the Audit Committee, and on the 
same date Deena Mattar resigned as Chairman of the Audit 
Committee.  Andy Blundell resigned on 24 May 2020 and 
Deena Mattar resigned on 31 July 2020.  Vicky Griffiths was 
appointed to the Audit Committee on 1 July 2020.  The Group 
considers that Deena Mattar (as a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and former 
FTSE250 Finance Director) and subsequently Paul Dean (as 
a Chartered Management Accountant and former FTSE250 
Finance Director)  have significant recent and relevant 
financial experience, as further described in the Directors’ 
Biographies section of this Annual Report.

The External Auditor (KPMG), John Poulter (Chairman), 
David Brooks (Chief Executive Officer), Neil Martin, ACMA 
(Chief Financial Officer), Jo Bridgman ACA (Group Financial 
Controller) and other management are invited to attend 
Audit Committee meetings as appropriate.  

S C H E D U L E   O F   M E E T I N G S

The Audit Committee met four times during the period.  All of 
these meetings were part of the regular schedule of meetings 
set out in the Committee’s terms of reference or in connection 
with the audit tender process.

Audit Committee meetings have formal agendas, which cover 
all of the areas of responsibility set out in the Committee’s 
terms of reference and also include an evaluation of the 
Audit Committee.  These agendas include meetings with the 
external auditor without Executive Directors or managers of 
the Company present.

A P P O I N T M E N T   O F 
E X T E R N A L   A U D I T O R

The Audit Committee recommended, and shareholders 
approved at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 
6 April 2020, the re-appointment of KPMG LLP as Group 
external auditor.

KPMG has been the Group’s auditor since 2011 which was 
when the previous audit tender was conducted.  The external 
auditor is required to rotate the audit partner responsible 
for the Group audit every five years and, as such, a new 
lead audit partner (John Bennett) was appointed in 2016.  
Following a new internal appointment within KPMG LLP, John 
Bennett stepped down as lead audit partner after the interim 
results were presented and Robert Seale was appointed as 
the new lead audit partner.

During the year the Group conducted a formal competitive 
and comprehensive audit tender process led by the Audit 
Committee.  The Board has approved the Audit Committee 
recommendation that Deloitte LLP be appointed as external 
auditor for the financial year ending 30 November 2021.  
KPMG LLP remained as the external auditor for the financial 
year ended 30 November 2020. 

There are no contractual obligations restricting 
the Group’s choice of external auditor, other than 
PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP (who were not independent as 
a result of working on RM’s ERP programme).

The Audit Committee were comfortable that the current audit 
partner from KPMG and the proposed audit partner from 
Deloitte are independent from the Group.  This assessment is 
based on internal review of relations and confirmation by the 
audit firms themselves.

42

43

GOVERNANCEO V E R S I G H T   O F   E X T E R N A L   A U D I T

The Audit Committee has reviewed the scope and results 
of the audit services, and the cost effectiveness and 
independence and objectivity of the external auditor.  This 
includes discussions with the external auditor in relation 
to areas of key focus and ensuring that the external auditor 
challenges management appropriately, in particular in 
relation to matters that require judgement to be exercised.  
Separately, the external auditor briefs the Committee on 
new developments that may affect the Company to help 
ensure that the Company is suitably prepared and up-to-date 
with all new and forthcoming accounting developments 
and disclosures.

I N T E R N A L   A U D I T

The Audit Committee approved the continuation of RM’s 
Group Financial Controller as Head of Internal Audit (Jo 
Bridgman, Group Financial Controller).  For the purposes of 
this role, the Group Financial Controller reported directly to 
the Chairman of the Audit Committee.  The Audit Committee, 
with the advice and support of the Head of Internal Audit, 
sets an internal audit plan, focussed on financial controls and 
risk areas.  The financial controls include controls to address 
fraud risks (and there have been no material fraud instances 
during the year).  The Head of Internal Audit reports on 
progress against this plan at Audit Committee meetings. 

Internal audit activities are undertaken on a peer-to-peer 
basis, or by contracting a suitably qualified third party firm of 
accountants.  The external auditor does not rely on internal 
audit to substitute any audit work required to form their 
opinion on the financial statements.

Whilst on-site internal audit activities have been reduced due 
to COVID-19 pandemic impacts, we have continued routine 
audits that review adherence to our agreed controls and 
processes in our India subsidiary and have completed audits 
of our RM Resources inventory and procurement processes, 
both performed by external audit firms.

P O L I C Y   O N   N O N - A U D I T   W O R K

The Audit Committee has considered the issue of the 
provision of non-audit work by the external auditor and has 
agreed a policy intended to ensure that the objectivity of the 
external auditor is not compromised.  The policy sets a limit 
for fees for non-audit work and states that non-audit work 
should only be undertaken by the external auditor where 
there is a clear commercial benefit to the Company in doing 
so.  Any significant activity must be approved, in advance, by 
at least two Audit Committee members.

The Audit Committee’s policy is to include a cap on fees 
for non-audit work of 25% of the annual audit fee.  This 
fee incorporates a review of the Group’s interim results.  In 
exceptional circumstances it may be appropriate for the 
auditor to carry out non-audit work in excess of this cap.  If 
this is the case the type of work and the fee is considered very 
carefully by the Audit Committee in advance of appointing 
the auditor to the work. 

Fees for non-audit work in the period were 6.3% of the annual 
audit fee, which relates to the Banking Facility Covenant 
Compliance review and the Interim Review.  These activities 
are required to be performed by the auditor.

I N T E R N A L   C O N T R O L

Control environment

The Board has put in place an organisational structure with 
clearly defined lines of responsibility and delegation of 
authority to Executive management.  A Group-wide approval 
matrix is in place.  Individuals are made aware of their level 
of authority and their budgetary responsibility which enables 
them to identify and monitor financial performance.  There 
are established policies and procedures, which are subject 
to regular review.  The Boards of the operating companies 
work within terms of reference and any matters outside 
those terms or the agreed business plan are referred to the 
Group Board for approval.

Identification and evaluation of 
business risks and control objectives

The Board has the primary responsibility for identifying the 
principal business risks facing the Group and developing 
appropriate policies to manage those risks.  It delegates 
responsibility for operational risks to the Executive Committee 
which meets monthly.  Further details in relation to the 
processes for identifying and managing Group risks are set out 
in the Strategic Report and Corporate Governance Report.

Public reporting 

The Audit Committee reviews and comments upon both the 
Group’s annual and interim results prepared by management, 
together with any other trading statements that are issued.

Management information

Executive managers are required to produce a budget 
for approval at the beginning of each financial year and 
detailed financial reporting is formally compiled monthly 
and reviewed by the Board.  Consolidated management 
accounts are produced each month and results measured 
against budget and against the previous year to identify any 
significant variances.  Forecasts are produced each month 
during the year, with variances to budget being measured.

Main control procedures

S T A T E M E N T   O F   R I S K S

As with any business, RM is exposed to risks as an inherent 
part of creating value for shareholders.  As described above, 
the Group has put in place processes designed to identify 
these principal risks and to manage and mitigate the effect of 
them.  The Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that 
risks are properly considered and the Board is responsible for 
deciding what risks should be taken and how best to manage 
and mitigate the risks.

The Audit Committee is satisfied that the Group’s risk 
management and internal control processes are appropriate 
to the business and Executive management has identified 
and addressed the principal risks affecting RM.

The most significant risks the Group is exposed to are set out 
in the Strategic Report.

Paul Dean 
Chairman, Audit Committee 
11 February 2021

The existing finance systems and procedures allow the Board 
to derive confidence in the completeness and accuracy 
of the recording of financial transactions.  The processes 
in place and the level of analytical detail given within 
the management accounts facilitate the identification of 
unreliable data.  The Group’s treasury activities are operated 
within a defined policy designed to control the Group’s 
cash and to minimise its exposure to foreign exchange 
and liquidity risk.

Monitoring 

The Audit Committee meets periodically to review reports 
from management and the external auditor so as to derive 
reasonable assurance on behalf of the Board that financial 
control procedures are in place and operate effectively.  An 
internal audit plan is set with the Audit Committee and updates 
on progress are provided periodically.  The internal audit work 
is performed on a peer-to-peer review basis or by engaging a 
third party firm of accountants and is directed by a qualified 
accountant who is independent of the business divisions.

‘ W H I S T L E B L O W I N G ’   P O L I C Y

The Group has adopted a formal ‘whistleblowing’ policy,  
which allows staff to raise concerns anonymously about 
possible improprieties.  No concerns were raised during the 
year.  Any matters raised would be independently investigated 
and any actions required followed-up and reported to 
the Board.

A N T I - B R I B E R Y

RM conducts all its business in an honest and ethical manner 
and seeks to ensure that all associates and business partners 
do the same.

The Bribery Act 2010 sets clear standards of behaviour, which 
govern the Group’s operations.  The Group has implemented 
policies and procedures to ensure that it is transparent 
and ethical in all business dealings.  The Group has an 
anti-corruption and anti-bribery policy which sets out the 
legal standards the Group enforces as part of its ongoing 
commitment to implement adequate procedures to guard 
against illegal practices.  Staff certification of compliance with 
the policy is regularly reported to the Committee.

44

45

GOVERNANCER E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T

P A R T   A   -   I N T R O D U C T I O N

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the 
Remuneration Report for the year ended 30 November 2020.

This report is divided into the following three sections:

Part A – Introduction 
Part B – Remuneration Policy 
Part C – Implementation Report

The introduction in Part A provides an overview of 
the report, the functioning and membership of the 
Remuneration Committee, key decisions taken during the 
year and the remuneration outcomes for the year ended 
30 November 2020.

1 .     T H E   R E M U N E R A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E

The Committee operates under terms of reference 
approved by the Board with the purposes of determining, 
on behalf of the Board and shareholders, the policy 
on Executive Director remuneration and setting the 
remuneration of the Chairman, Executive Directors and 
Executive.  The Committee receives regular updates on 
remuneration and related policies across the Group and is 
aware of how the remuneration of Directors compares to 
other employees.  In particular, the Committee keeps under 
review incentive plans to ensure these plans are structured 
appropriately and are consistent.  

During the year, the Committee reviewed its own terms 
of reference to determine whether its responsibilities 
were properly described.  The amended terms were 
formally updated on 23 October 2020.  The Committee’s 
terms of reference can be found on the Group’s website 
at www.rmplc.com.

2 .     M E M B E R S H I P   O F   T H E   C O M M I T T E E

The membership of the Remuneration Committee during 
the year ended 30 November 2020 comprised Patrick Martell 
(Chairman), Andy Blundell, Paul Dean, Vicky Griffiths, Deena 
Mattar and John Poulter, at such times as they were members 
of the Board.  The members of the Committee comprise the 
independent Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman of 
the Board.  The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer may be invited to attend the Committee’s meetings 
but are not involved in deciding their own remuneration. 

3 .     M A J O R   D E C I S I O N S   O N 
D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N

During the year, the following key matters and decisions were 
considered by the Committee:

•  Agreement of the bonuses payable in respect of the 

financial year ended 30 November 2019; although the 
target was met, after considering the bonuses to be paid 
to the workforce, the Executive Directors were awarded a 
reduced bonus of 45% of base salary.

•  Approval of the Remuneration Report for the year ended 

30 November 2019.

•  The grant of LTIP awards to senior executives in March 2020.

•  Workforce remuneration was considered in setting 

Executive Director remuneration in January 2020 and no 
pay increases were awarded to Executive Directors, in line 
with the wider workforce.

•  David Brooks tendered his resignation in 2020 and is 

accordingly treated as a Voluntary Leaver for the purposes 
of the termination policy in the Remuneration Policy and 
no payments for loss of office are being made.

4 .     P R O P O S E D   N E W   
R E M U N E R A T I O N   P O L I C Y

5 .     R E M U N E R A T I O N   O U T C O M E S 
F O R   T H E   Y E A R

The Committee reviewed the existing Remuneration 
Policy which was last voted on at the 2018 Annual General 
Meeting.  In doing so the Committee addressed the matters 
set out in provision 40 of the Code, see paragraph 1 of 
the Remuneration Policy, and current best practice.  The 
Committee also considered the impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic and the difficulty this has created in setting 
long-term performance measures.

The views of the workforce on Executive Director 
remuneration were not expressly sought but employees were 
kept updated on the salary/fee sacrifice of the Board and 
Executive during the COVID-19 pandemic and remuneration 
generally.  The Committee considered investor feedback 
and the overwhelming support for the Remuneration Report 
in the voting results at the Annual General Meeting and the 
Remuneration Policy when it was last voted on.  Voting figures 
are in paragraph 9 of Part C of this report.

No remuneration consultants were engaged during the 
year.  Benchmarking data on Executive Remuneration in the 
FTSE SmallCap market data provided by a specialist executive 
remuneration consultancy was reviewed and the Company 
is broadly aligned with the lower quartile for FTSE SmallCap 
companies; no fees were paid for such data and the 
consultants do not have any other connection with the 
Company or individual Directors.  The Committee is satisfied 
the data is objective and independent. 

The Committee considered workforce remuneration and 
policies in its review of the current Remuneration Policy 
and their alignment with rewards and incentives offered 
in Executive Director remuneration.  Benefits and pension 
entitlements are the same for Executive Directors as for 
the majority of the workforce and the Committee reviewed 
various internal measures including pay ratios and pay gaps 
in reviewing salaries and variable pay.

The policy was therefore considered to be appropriate and 
operating as expected; supporting the Company’s strategy 
and long-term goals.  The main proposed changes to the new 
policy are set out in paragraph 1 of the Remuneration Policy 
and have been made to comply with the Code.

The key remuneration outcomes during or in relation to the 
year ended 30 November 2020 were as follows:

•  On 11 March 2020, the LTIP award granted in March 2017 
vested in full.  The vesting of that award was subject to 
performance measures set out in paragraph 1 of Part C of 
this report.

•  LTIP awards granted on 16 March 2020 were based on the 
share price before the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.  
No adjustment has been made for the smaller number of 
options awarded at the higher share price.

•  The Board members and Executive Committee 

members agreed to take a salary/fee reduction of 25% 
and 20% respectively for 6 months from April 2020 to 
September 2020 in support of actions by the Company 
to conserve cash.

•  No performance targets have been altered during the year 
due to the impact on trading of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

•  No pay rises were awarded to Executive Directors for the 
year ended 30 November 2020.  The average pay rise 
across the wider workforce was 1.6%.

•  No bonus was due to Executive Directors for the year 
ended 30 November 2020, a discretionary bonus of  
up to 1% has been paid to the wider workforce.

During the period, neither the Chief Executive Officer nor the 
Chief Financial Officer held any Non-Executive positions with 
other companies.

The Committee considers that the overall pay outcome for 
the year ended 30 November 2020 is justified given the overall 
performance of the business, in the context of the impact 
of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the performance of the 
Executive Directors.

Patrick Martell 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
11 February 2021

46

47

GOVERNANCE 
 
 
P A R T   B   –   R E M U N E R A T I O N 

P O L I C Y

This new Remuneration Policy shall become effective 
immediately following the 2021 Annual General Meeting, 
subject to its approval at that meeting.

1 .     G E N E R A L   O B J E C T I V E S

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for the 
remuneration of the Directors and oversight of the remuneration 
arrangements for senior employees across the Group.

RM’s Remuneration Policy is designed to support the strategy 
and promote the long-term success of the Company.  The 
policy is designed to attract, retain and motivate Directors 
and senior employees, both to achieve the Group’s business 
objectives and to deliver sustained shareholder returns, 
while also being conscious of the wider climate in relation 
to executive pay.  This includes the perceptions of a range of 
stakeholders, such as the wider workforce, customers and 
external commentators and workforce remuneration.   
The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee is available 
to discuss remuneration with shareholders as required.   
The policy should ensure that the payments made to 
Executives reflect their performance, are not excessive and 
are aligned with the purpose and values of the Company.

Under these arrangements, the variable component of 
the remuneration package is designed to be predictable, 
proportionate and focused on performance.  These incentive 
arrangements enable Executive Directors and senior 
employees to have the opportunity to earn higher levels of 
reward if they enhance shareholder returns by meeting the 
Group’s short-term and long-term targets.  The Remuneration 
Policy therefore seeks to ensure that Executive Directors and 
senior employees are focused on the achievement of key 
Company objectives.  The Committee is satisfied that this 
model provides appropriate alignment with shareholder 
interests and therefore acts as an appropriate motivator.  

The Committee, together with the entire Board, recognises 
the need for investment in the long-term future of the 
Company, not just performance in any single year.  Since such 
measures are difficult to quantify, the Committee retains the 
discretion to adjust annual bonus payments and/or LTIPs to 
ensure that the balance of incentives is maintained between 
short-term performance and longer-term investment, 
provided that, if any discretion is exercised, all payments 
remain subject to the limits and other constraints set out in 
this policy.

The Committee has reviewed the level of risk inherent in 
the Remuneration Policy and is satisfied that there is an 
appropriate balance between encouraging entrepreneurial 
behaviour from Executive Directors and senior employees, 
and ensuring that there are no areas of the policy which 
encourage undue risk-taking.  In relation to the target 
setting process and other matters arising in relation to the 
operation of the annual bonus and long-term incentive 
plans, the Committee considers that the structure is clear, 
straightforward and does not encourage excessive risk-taking.

Part A of this report contains information on the 
decision-making process in respect of the new policy.  
The main changes to the policy have been made to comply 
with the Code.  These changes are the introduction of a 2 year 
post-termination minimum shareholding policy for Executive 
Directors and revision to the circumstances when malus, 
clawback and discretion may be exercised.

No Director should be involved in deciding their own remuneration.  
The members of the Remuneration Committee shall not have any 
personal financial interest in the Company other than through fees 
received or as a shareholder.  Furthermore, they shall not be involved 
in the day-to-day running of the business and shall have no personal 
conflict of interest which could materially interfere with the exercise of 
their independent judgement or discretion. 

The engagement of any third party remuneration consultant 
is the responsibility of the Remuneration Committee and their 
appointment must be objective and independent.

Section 40 disclosures

Clarity

Simplicity

The disclosures related to the remuneration and the performance metrics for  
LTIPs are clear.

Remuneration for Directors and the workforce are simple and well understood.

Risk of excessive reward, proportionality

Bonus and LTIPs awards are linked to performance, have stretching targets with  
low percentage pay-outs at threshold and are subject to discretion.

Predictability

Maximum opportunities are set out in the policy.

Alignment with Culture

Metrics for awards are closely aligned to strategy.  The shareholding policy and holding 
periods provide a clear link to long-term performance and shareholder alignment.

2 .     C O M P O N E N T S   O F   R E M U N E R A T I O N   F O R   D I R E C T O R S

The following table sets out a summary of the various components of remuneration for Executive Directors, their purpose and link to 
strategy, their operation, the maximum opportunity available and the nature of any applicable performance metrics.

Element

Fixed Pay

Base Salary

Purpose and 
link to strategy Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
metrics

To attract and 
retain talent by 
ensuring that 
salaries are 
competitive 
in the market.

Base salaries will be set on appointment at the 
appropriate level required to fill the role.

If there is a probationary period following 
appointment, the base salary may increase as 
appropriate following successful completion of that 
probationary period.

None.

Base salaries will 
be determined 
as outlined in 
the "Operation" 
column opposite.1

Pension2

Benefits

To attract and 
retain talent by 
ensuring that 
remuneration is 
competitive in 
the market.

To attract and 
retain talent by 
ensuring that 
remuneration is 
competitive in 
the market.

Thereafter, base salaries will generally only be 
increased in line with the increases in pay for the wider 
workforce (either across single or multiple years), 
except as justified by other circumstances.

Entitlement is the same as for the majority of the 
UK workforce within the Group.  Cash allowance 
alternative is offered where individuals are subject to 
HMRC pension limits (subject to there being the same 
overall cost to the Group).

Up to 7% of 
base salary 
depending upon 
level of employee 
contribution.

None.

Pension benefits will not be augmented on exit.

The benefits are the same as for the majority of 
employees within the Group and are reviewed 
periodically to ensure that offerings are in line with 
market practice.

The cost of such 
benefits varies in 
accordance with 
market conditions.

None.

The main benefits are: private healthcare3,  
group income protection, life assurance, 
car allowance, mobile phone allowance,  
enhanced family leave and sick pay.

Other benefits may be added or removed in line with 
benefits awarded to the majority of employees.2

48

49

GOVERNANCEElement

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Variable Pay

Annual Bonus

Provides an element of at 
risk pay, which incentivises 
good annual performance.

Members of the Committee keep the performance of the business under 
continuous review, through regular financial and business reporting and these 
reviews feed directly into annual and 3-yearly financial and strategic planning.

Formal reviews are then conducted to ensure that targets are set that support 
short-term and long-term business strategy with such targets being intended to:

reflect expectations of the investor community;

•  be stretching but realistic;
• 
•  avoid unnecessary risk-taking; and
•  encourage long-term planning and decision-making.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion, where it believes it to be appropriate, 
to override the formulaic outcome arising from the annual bonus plan.5

Annual bonuses are subject to malus and clawback provisions (see further overleaf).5

Annual bonuses are not pensionable.

55% of base salary for on-target performance, with a maximum figure 
for over-performance of 110% of base salary.

At threshold performance, bonuses will be paid at no more than 20% 
of the maximum opportunity.

Performance measures and weightings are set by the 
Committee at the beginning of each year as outlined in 
the “Operation” column opposite.  Typically, they relate to 
profit but may be other financial and strategic measures.4

Any bonuses more than 100% of base salary will be paid in the form of 
shares that must be held for a minimum of 2 years (on the same basis 
as LTIP vested shares subject to a holding period). 

Details of the specific performance targets will be 
disclosed retrospectively in the following year’s 
Remuneration Report.

If personal targets are set, those targets will be subject to 
an underpin based on Company performance.

LTIPs

Incentivises Directors 
to achieve returns for 
shareholders over a 
longer time frame.

Awards (nil cost options or share awards) are granted to Executives and senior 
management typically no more than once per year, with the vesting of awards 
being based on criteria designed to align with shareholder interests and 
encourage long-term performance.

200% of base salary per annum.

At threshold performance, no more than 25% of the award will vest.

Where LTIP awards vest, a post-vesting holding period of 2 years will apply  
(save that Directors may sell sufficient shares on vesting/exercise to satisfy the  
Income Tax/National Insurance liability that arises).  

Once LTIPs have vested and been exercised, dividends or dividend equivalents 
can be paid on the relevant shares.

LTIP awards are subject to the Remuneration Committee’s discretion, where it believes 
it to be appropriate, to override the formulaic outcome arising from the LTIP.5

LTIP awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions (see further below).5

LTIP awards are not pensionable.

LTIP awards vest on a change in control of the Company, subject to assessment 
by the Committee at the time as to the level of vesting (if any) that is appropriate, 
considering (among other things) the extent to which the relevant performance 
targets have been met and how much of the relevant performance period(s) has 
passed.  Awards subject to a holding period shall be released from this.

Performance measures and weightings are set by the 
Committee at the date of grant to align with shareholders’ 
interests.  These will normally be measured over a 3 year 
period and may include EPS, TSR and other financial, 
strategic or shareholder return measures.4

The vesting period for LTIPs will be a minimum of 3 years.

Details of performance targets will be disclosed 
retrospectively in the Remuneration Report following the 
year in which LTIPs are granted.4

All targets will be subject to an underpin based on the 
underlying performance of the Company.

Notes:

1.  There is no maximum base salary or maximum for any of the benefits.

3.  The CFO is also provided with a private healthcare package for his immediate family.

2.  Group company RM Education Ltd operates a defined benefit pension scheme.  This closed to new members in 2003 and, 

4.  The LTIP performance measures for LTIP awards are set out in paragraphs 2 and 11 of Part C of this report.   

in respect of current members, closed to future accrual of benefits on 31 October 2012.  David Brooks, CEO, has past benefits 
accrued as at 31 October 2012.  His entitlements under that scheme are calculated on the same basis as those of other members.  
Since 1 November 2012, Mr Brooks has been a member of a defined contribution pension scheme.

Details of the expected measures for 2021 are set out in paragraph 8 of Part C.  

5.  These new provisions apply to bonuses paid and LTIPs granted after the date of this policy’s commencement.

50

51

GOVERNANCEThe following table sets out a summary of the various components of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors, their purpose and link 
to strategy, its operation, the maximum opportunity available, the nature of any applicable performance metrics.

Element

Fixed Pay

Fee

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum 
Opportunity

Performance 
Metrics

None.

The maximum total 
remuneration payable 
to a  Non-Executive 
Director including the 
Chairman is £160,000 
per annum.

To reward 
individuals for 
fulfilling their roles 
and attract good 
candidates.

The Committee makes recommendations to 
the Board on the Chairman’s remuneration.  
The Chairman and the Executive Directors 
determine the remuneration of Non-Executive 
Directors.  Remuneration data is considered during 
the process, including fees paid for comparable 
roles in companies of a similar size and complexity 
as the Company. 

The Chairman is paid a single fee.  Other 
Non-Executive Directors are paid an annual fee 
covering Board and Committee membership, with 
Committee chairs, the Senior Independent Director 
and the designated HR representative receiving 
an additional fee.

1.  The annual and additional fees for additional responsibilities are paid monthly. 

2.  Fees were last reviewed during the year ended 30 November 2018 and increased to be more in line with current market rates.  

3.  Fees are not performance-related but reflect the time commitment and responsibilities of the role.  

4.  Out-of-pocket expenses (such as travel costs) incurred in performing those duties are reimbursed by the Company.   

5.  Remuneration for Non-Executive Directors does not include share options or other performance-related elements.

3 .     S H A R E H O L D I N G   P O L I C Y

The Committee has implemented the following shareholding policy for all Executive Directors to further align their interests with those 
of the Company’s shareholders:

1.  Within five years of the first opportunity for an LTIP to vest following appointment to the Board, Executive Directors are required to 

build up, and retain, ordinary shares in the Company equivalent in value to at least 200% of their base annual salary.

2. 

If Executive Directors do not hold the appropriate level of shares, they may not sell shares other than to satisfy  
Income Tax/National Insurance liabilities that arise in relation to the vesting / exercise of LTIP awards.  In all cases, any such  
sale will be subject to the normal Listing Rules and Disclosure and Transparency Rules’ requirements for directors’ dealings.

3.  For a one year period after termination of employment, Executive Directors are required to retain ordinary shares in the Company 

equivalent in value to the lower of 100% of their base annual salary and the Executive Director’s actual shareholding on termination of 
employment.  This only applies in respect of shares owned as a result of LTIP awards granted after the implementation of this policy.  

4.  The Committee has the discretion to waive the above requirements when the Committee considers appropriate.

4 .     P O L I C Y   O N   R E C R U I T M E N T

The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited or promoted Director will be in accordance with the 
Remuneration Policy in place at the time of the appointment.  

In respect of Executive Directors: the initial base salary will be set to reflect the individual’s experience, salary levels within the Company 
and market levels.  There may be a probationary period, following which salary levels may be increased.  For external appointments, 
the Committee may also offer additional cash and/or share-based elements to replace remuneration forfeited, when it considers this 
to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.  The terms of any such payments offered will reflect the nature, time 
horizons and likelihood of performance requirements being met in respect of remuneration forfeited.   

For internal appointments, any commitments made before 
appointment and not relating to appointment will be 
allowed to pay out according to their terms.  For external and 
internal appointments, the Committee may agree that the 
Company will meet certain reasonable relocation expenses 
as appropriate, provided that these are incurred and claimed 
within 12 months of appointment.

Whilst the Nomination Committee may hold initial 
discussions with prospective candidates on remuneration, 
the Remuneration Committee will formally decide on the 
remuneration arrangements.

5 .     M A L U S   A N D   C L AW B A C K

Malus and clawback provisions are in place, and will  
continue to be maintained, in relation to the variable, 
performance-related remuneration of the Executive Directors 
(annual bonus and LTIPs).  

As the payment of annual bonuses are at the discretion of 
the Committee:

• 

• 

the malus provisions in force are such that the Committee 
can reduce the payment of any bonus payment if 
they consider that there is any reason that makes it 
appropriate to do so.  This includes (without limitation) 
the circumstances applicable to clawback as outlined 
below but could also include any other matters that the 
Committee considers appropriate; and

the clawback applies where the bonus payment 
was based on erroneous or misleading data or any 
misstatement of accounts, misconduct by an Executive 
Director, or the Group suffers serious reputational damage 
or corporate failure (‘Serious Grounds’).  The clawback 
operates for a period of up to 18 months after the end of 
the relevant financial year to which the bonus relates, or if 
longer any holding period.

In respect of each award under the LTIP Schemes:

• 

• 

the malus applies when there are any Serious Grounds 
or any other circumstances where, in the reasonable 
opinion of the Committee, the malus provisions should be 
operated in relation to that Participant; and

the clawback applies where there are any Serious Grounds 
where in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, 
the clawback should be operated in relation to that 
Participant.  The clawback under the LTIP Scheme 
operates to the later of (a) one year from the relevant LTIP 
award vesting and (b) the completion of the next audit of 
the Group’s accounts after the award vests.  

6 .     P AY M E N T   U N D E R   P R E V I O U S 
P O L I C I E S

The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration 
payments and payments for loss of office, notwithstanding 
that they are not in line with the policy set out above, where 
the terms of the payment were agreed (i) under a previous 
policy, in which case the provisions of that policy shall 
continue to apply until such payments have been made 
(ii) before the policy or the relevant legislation came into 
effect or (iii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a 
Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, 
the payment was not in consideration for the individual 
becoming a Director of the Company.  The changes to the 
malus, clawback and discretion provisions of this policy 
shall not apply in relation to LTIP and bonus awards made 
before the adoption of this Remuneration Policy.  For these 
purposes, ‘payments’ includes the satisfaction of awards of 
variable remuneration and, in relation to share-based awards, 
the terms of the payment which are agreed at the time the 
award is granted.

7.     D I S C R E T I O N S

The Remuneration Committee retains discretion with 
regards to the variable elements of pay (annual bonuses 
and LTIP awards), in relation to:

•  The timing, size and type of awards and holding periods 
(subject always to the limits set out in the applicable 
Remuneration Policy).

•  Adjustments required in certain circumstances  

(e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring events and 
special dividends). 

•  Adjustment of targets and measures if events occur 

which cause it to determine that the conditions are no 
longer appropriate.

•  When it believes it is appropriate, overriding the formulaic 
outcome, either upwards or downwards, applicable to 
the LTIP or bonus scheme, discretion will only be applied 
in exceptional circumstances and will be explained to 
shareholders in the following Remuneration Report.

•  Amendments to plan rules in accordance with their terms 

or as required by law or regulation.

However, the Committee acknowledges the concerns of 
interested stakeholders that the discretion afforded to 
remuneration committees in quoted companies should 
not be too broad or enable the payment of inappropriate 
or excessive amounts, especially where payments to 
Executive Directors are not aligned with the expectations 
of shareholders.  

52

53

GOVERNANCE8 .     I L L U S T R A T I O N   O F   R E M U N E R A T I O N   P O L I C Y

9 .     C O M P A R I S O N   O F   R E M U N E R A T I O N   P O L I C Y

The graphs below provide estimates of the potential future reward for each of the Executive Directors based on their current roles, the 
Remuneration Policy outlined above and base salaries as at 1 February 2021.  However, it is noted that the illustrations show maximum 
LTIP awards at 150% of base salary, whereas the typical value of LTIP awards is lower (e.g. as is shown in Part C of this Remuneration 
Report, the value of the last LTIP awards made were 59% of base salary for David Brooks and 60% of base salary for Neil Martin).  The 
illustrations for LTIP awards assume (i) the position that there is no change in share price between the date of grant of an award and the 
date of vesting and (ii) the effect of a 50% increase in the share price over this period.

Chief Executive Officer

£000

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

+50%

LTIPs

Variable Pay

Fixed

Base

Benefits

Pension

Total

Minimum (£000)

365

11

24

On-target

On-target is assumed to be an annual 

400

738

bonus equal to 55% (on target) of 

base salary and an LTIP vesting of 

25% (threshold) of maximum

Maximum

Full pay-out of annual variable pay 

1,349

i.e., 110% of base salary

Maximum vesting of LTIP awards

Maximum 

As above for maximum plus 

1,623

+50% share 

50% share price growth over the 

price growth

performance period

The respective proportions for the fixed, variable and LTIP components are:

This policy sets out the remuneration structure applicable to Directors of the Company.  Salary levels and incentive arrangements 
applicable to other Group employees are determined by reference to local employment conditions for comparative roles.

Budgeted salary increases for Group employees are taken into consideration when determining increases for the Executive Directors 
and base salaries for Executive Directors will generally only be increased in line with the increases in pay for the wider workforce (either 
across single or multiple years), except as justified by other circumstances.  

Employees are provided with a competitive benefits package including (as appropriate) private healthcare, group income protection, 
life assurance, car allowance and mobile phone allowance.  Pension contributions of up to 7% of base salary depending on employee 
contribution rates are provided for the majority of UK employees.  These are the same benefits as those provided to Executive Directors.

The closure to future accrual of benefits of RM Education Ltd’s defined benefit pension scheme in October 2012 applied equally to all 
employees, including Directors.

Consistent with Directors, the majority of employees are eligible to participate in an annual bonus scheme with conditions linked to the 
performance of their operating subsidiary and the Group overall.

Members of senior management participate in long-term incentive arrangements based on the same performance measures as the 
Executive Directors.

1 0 .     D I R E C T O R S ’   S E R V I C E   C O N T R A C T S   A N D   L E T T E R S   O F   A P P O I N T M E N T

The policy in relation to Executive Directors’ service contracts is for them to contain a maximum notice period of 12 months.  
Each service contract is subject to earlier termination for cause.  In exceptional circumstances, a longer notice period initially, 
reducing down to 12 months, to secure the appointment of an external recruitment may be agreed.

Details of the Directors’ service contracts and/or letters of appointment who served for all or part of the year ended 30 November 2020 
are shown in the table below:

Minimum: 100% fixed pay.  On-target: 54% fixed pay, 27% variable pay & 19% LTIPs.  Maximum: 30% fixed pay, 30%, variable pay & 40% LTIPs.

Maximum with 50% share price growth: 25% fixed pay, 25% variable pay & 50% LTIPs.

Initial agreement date

Expiry date of 
current agreement

Notice to be given  
by employer and individual

Chief Financial Officer

£000

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

+50%

LTIPs

Variable Pay

Fixed

Base

Benefits

Pension

Total

Minimum (£000)

298

15

21

On-target

On-target is assumed to be an annual 

334

610

bonus equal to 55% (on target) of 

base salary and an LTIP vesting of 

25% (threshold) of maximum

Maximum

Full pay-out of annual variable pay 

1,109

i.e., 110% of base salary

Maximum vesting of LTIP awards

Maximum 

As above for maximum plus 

1,332

+50% share 

50% share price growth over the 

price growth

performance period

The respective proportions for the fixed, variable and LTIP components are:

Minimum: 100% fixed pay.  On-target: 55% fixed pay, 27% variable pay & 18% LTIPs.  Maximum: 30% fixed pay, 30%, variable pay & 40% LTIPs. 

Maximum with 50% share price growth: 25% fixed pay, 25% variable pay & 50% LTIPs.

John Poulter

Andy Blundell

David Brooks

Paul Dean

Vicky Griffiths

Neil Martin

Patrick Martell

Deena Mattar

1 May 2013

25 May 2017

1 July 2012

30 April 2022

24 May 2020

Indefinite

4 February 2020

3 February 2023

1 July 2020

28 September 2015

30 June 2023

Indefinite

1 January 2014

31 December 2022

1 June 2011

31 July 2020

6 months

3 months

12 months

3 months

3 months

12 months

3 months

3 months

54

55

GOVERNANCE1 1 .     P O L I C Y   O N   T E R M I N A T I O N 

All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company for an initial period of three years, subject to  
annual re-appointment at each Annual General Meeting.  Notice periods are as set out in paragraph 10 above.  
No compensation is payable on termination, other than any accrued fees and expenses.  

The table below sets out the Company’s policy on termination for Executive Directors.  This policy is consistent with provisions relating 
to termination of employment in the Executive Directors’ service agreements and with provisions in the incentive plan rules.

‘Good Leaver’

Voluntary Resignation

‘Bad Leaver’

Circumstances 
of departure

Salary and benefits 
for notice period

Typically termination for cause.

Typical reasons include 
retirement, redundancy, death, 
ill health, injury, disability or as 
defined by the Committee.

Where departure is on mutually 
agreed terms, the Committee 
may treat the departing 
executive as a ‘Good Leaver’ in 
terms of one or more elements 
of remuneration.

The Committee will use this 
discretion judiciously and, 
if exercised, details will be 
disclosed in the following year’s 
Remuneration Report.

Immediate termination with  
no notice period.

Salary and benefits continue 
to be paid to the date of 
termination of employment, 
including any notice period 
and/or garden leave period.

Salary and benefits continue 
to be paid to the date of 
termination of employment, 
including any notice period 
and/or garden leave period.

The Company may terminate 
employment with immediate 
effect and, in lieu of the 
unexpired portion of any notice 
period, make a series of monthly 
payments based on salary and 
benefits (or make a lump-sum 
payment based on salary only).

The Company may terminate 
employment with immediate 
effect and, in lieu of the 
unexpired portion of any notice 
period, make a series of monthly 
payments based on salary and 
benefits (or make a lump-sum 
payment based on salary only).

‘Good Leaver’

Voluntary Resignation

‘Bad Leaver’

Unvested LTIP awards

Normal circumstances

Forfeited.

Forfeited.

LTIP awards may vest subject to 
the performance condition at the 
end of the normal performance 
period and, if applicable, 
released at the end of the 
holding period.

All awards will be time pro-rated.

Exceptional circumstances 
(e.g. death or other 
compassionate grounds).

LTIP awards may be released on 
departure, subject to assessment 
of the performance conditions 
at that time.

All awards will be time pro-rated.

Normal circumstances

Vested LTIP awards that are 
subject only to a holding period 
will be released in full to the 
Executive at the end of the 
holding period.

Exceptional circumstances 
(e.g. death or other 
compassionate grounds).

Vested LTIP awards subject to a 
holding period may be released 
on departure.

Limited disbursements  
(e.g. legal costs, relocation costs, 
untaken holiday, expenses, 
outplacement support).

Vested LTIP awards 
subject to a 
holding period

Other

Awards will be released to  
the Executive at the end of the 
holding period.

Forfeited.

None.

None.

Bonus accrued prior 
to termination

A time pro-rated bonus award 
may be made by the Company, 
with the Committee’s approval.

Any bonus award that is held as 
shares that are subject only to a 
holding period will be released in 
full to the Executive at the end of 
the holding period.

No accrued bonus is payable.

No accrued bonus is payable.

Any bonus award that is held as 
shares that are subject only to a 
holding period will be released in 
full to the Executive at the end of 
the holding period.

The Committee reserves the right to make additional exit payments to an Executive Director where such payments are made in 
good faith to discharge an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of  an obligation) or by way of settlement or 
compromise of any claim arising in connection with the termination of office or employment.

56

57

GOVERNANCE 
P A R T   C   –   I M P L E M E N T A T I O N   R E P O R T

1 .     D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   –   S I N G L E   F I G U R E   O F   R E M U N E R A T I O N

The tables below set out a single figure of remuneration for each of the Directors in respect of the year ended 30 November 2020 and, in 
respect of those Directors, the equivalent figures for the year ended 30 November 2019:

Salary/fees 

£000

Taxable 

benefits 

£000

Annual 

bonus 

£000

LTIPs 

Retirement 

Termination 

(vested) 

benefits 

payments 

£000

£000

£000

Total 

£000

Total  

Fixed 

£000

Total  

Variable 

£000

Name

20202

2019 2020

2019 2020

2019 2020 2019 2020

2019 2020 2019 2020

2019 2020 2019 2020

2019

Executive

David Brooks

3191

3581

Neil Martin

2611

2971

11

15

11

15

Non-Executive

John Poulter

118

135

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15

32

14

42

26

40

-

-

44

49

Andy Blundell3

Paul Dean3

Vicky Griffiths3

Patrick Martell4 

Deena Mattar3

Total

Notes: 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

161

438

134

400

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

241

211

231

211

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

792

553

354

392

438

161

697

467

297

333

400

134

118

135

118

135

15

32

14

42

26

40

-

-

44

49

15

32

14

42

26

40

-

-

44

49

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

827

923

26

26

0

295

838

0

45

44

0

0 1,736 1,288

898

993

838

295

LTIPs:

LTIP awards that vested in 2020

On 11 March 2020, the award granted to David Brooks and Neil Martin under the PSP Scheme in March 2017 vested in full, reflecting 
the extent to which the performance criteria were met.  Each performance criteria was equal to 50% of the award.  The performance 
criteria was based on (1) the Company’s relative TSR performance measured from the average of the FTSE SmallCap (ex. Investment 
Trusts) Index during January and February 2017 to the average of the Index during January and February 2020.  The Company’s 
performance placed it at the 86th percentile.  Vesting was based on a straight-line scale between 25% vesting at the 50th percentile 
and 100% vesting at the 75th percentile (or above); and (2) the Company’s growth in adjusted earnings per share (EPS) between the 
year ended 30 November 2016 and the year ended 30 November 2019.  Vesting was based on a sliding scale between a compound 
annual growth rate (CAGR) in EPS of 7.5% pa (25%) and a CAGR in EPS of 17.5% pa (100%), namely 21.7 pence and 28.2 pence 
respectively.  The earnings per share criteria.  As the accounting basis in FY17 was different from the accounting basis in FY19 in 
respect of two areas (Share Based Payments (SBP) and IFRS 15), in order to make the FY19 EPS consistent with calculations at the 
time of the award, the following adjustments were made: (1) the pre-tax SBP charges of £0.7m were added  to FY19 figures (they were 
previously treated as exceptional); (2) the tax rate of 19% was used (as the rate applicable to SBP to determine the tax adjustment of 
SBP), and (3) the post-tax IFRS 15 profit adjustment of £1.243m was added.  This adjusted the EPS from 26.4 pence to 28.57 pence. 

Based on the above performance criteria, all the award vested and no discretion was exercised. 

As such, 175,000 Options vested for David Brooks and 160,000 Options vested for Neil Martin.  Based on the share price as at the 
date of vesting (250 pence), the value of the award at that date for David Brooks was £437,500 and for Neil Martin was £400,000.  
While that figure is shown in the table above, neither Mr Brooks nor Mr Martin have exercised those Options and so have not 
actually realised that value.  The actual value each will receive will depend upon the value of those Options as at the date they 
are exercised.  Those Options are exercisable until 29 October 2027.

Compared to the share price used to calculate the number of shares granted (185 pence), this represents a 35% share price 
increase since the grant date to the end of the performance period.  The Committee is satisfied that the implied values vesting to 
Executive Directors and the overall single figures of remuneration for the year are appropriate taking into account the performance 
of the Company.  No discretion has therefore been exercised for the change in share price.  The amount of the award attributable to 
share price appreciation for David Brooks is £113,750 and for Neil Martin is £104,000.  No cash dividend payment is due on vesting. 

1.  The section below headed “Retirement Benefits” explains how those benefits have been calculated and presented in the above tables.

LTIP awards that vest in 2021

2.  The Board members agreed to take a salary/fee reduction of 25% for 6 months from April 2020 to September 2020 and the salary/fees figures 

above show the reduced amount paid in 2020.

3.  The fees shown are a pro-rata proportion of the fee for Directors who have stepped down or been appointed during the year.

4. 

Includes a pro-rata proportion of the fee for the role as designated NED for HR. 

5.  The table has been audited. 

The following provides details of how the ‘single figure’ has been calculated:

Taxable benefits:

These comprise the benefits noted in Part B above other than retirement related benefits.  The figure included in the above table in 
respect of such benefits is calculated based on the taxable value of such benefits.

Annual bonus:

At the start of the year, the Committee decided that on-target bonuses for the year ending 30 November 2020 for Executive Directors 
would be based upon the Company achieving an adjusted profit before tax in the year of £27.8m with a threshold of £26.6m, 
subject to the Committee being satisfied as to the long-term underlying performance of the business.  In particular, the Committee 
would not reward achievement against target if it was as a result of an abnormal or unplanned level of movement in work-in-
progress or as a result of exceptional items.

The Committee considered the Company’s performance relative to that target.  Group operating profit before tax was £14.4m.  
In light of that performance, the Committee determined that no bonus would be due.

As noted above, any annual bonuses are subject to the Committee being satisfied that the achievement of annual targets is not at the 
expense of the underlying long-term performance or position of the Company.  The Committee was satisfied that this was the case.

The LTIP award granted to Neil Martin in March 2018 will vest in March 2021.  The targets for this award are set out in 
paragraph 11 of this Part C.  The EPS target will not be met and no options will vest for this part of the award.  The TSR target 
cannot be determined yet but is currently expected to partially vest.  Details of the amount that vest will be contained in the 
Remuneration Report next year.  The award granted to David Brooks in March 2018 was forfeited when he resigned.

Past Directors:

There were no payments made to past Directors in the year.

Retirement benefits:

David Brooks and Neil Martin are both members of a defined contribution pension scheme operated by RM Education Ltd.  
The Group would ordinarily make a contribution to that scheme of 7% of base salary (the same as for other employees).   
However, due to HMRC limits, the amount paid into the scheme for David Brooks and Neil Martin is lower, with the balance paid 
instead as a non-pensionable cash allowance.  To make the figures in the above tables more meaningful, the ‘Retirement Benefits’ 
are stated prior to those adjustments. 

David Brooks is also a member of RM Education Ltd’s defined benefit pension scheme which closed to future accrual with effect from 
31 October 2012.  During the year, the increase in Mr Brooks’ accrued pension under that scheme was nil.  The transfer value of accrued 
benefits under that scheme as at 30 November 2020 was £1,092,977 (2019: £1,010,010).  Mr Brooks’ normal retirement age is 60.

Termination payments:

There were no termination payments in the year. 

58

59

GOVERNANCE2 .     D I R E C T O R S ’   L O N G - T E R M   I N C E N T I V E   P L A N S

3 .     P E R F O R M A N C E   G R A P H

During the year ended 30 November 2020, the following long-term incentive awards were made.1

Type of 
share 
award

Nil cost 
Option1

Name

David 
Brooks2

Neil Martin

Nil cost 
Option1

Face value  
of award  
£000

Grant date

Percentage 
 that would vest 
at threshold 
performance

Maximum 
percentage of the 
face value where 
this is more than 
the  face value

The end of the 
period over which 
the performance 
conditions have to 
be fulfilled

16 March 2020

2153

12.5% for EPS element

n/a

February 2023

12.5% for TSR element

16 March 2020

1803

12.5% for EPS element

n/a

February 2023

12.5% for TSR element

A summary of 
performance targets 
and measures

50% on EPS 
performance4

50% on relative TSR 
performance5

50% on EPS 
performance4

50% on relative TSR 
performance5

Notes:

1.  Awards granted under the PSP Scheme.

2.  The awards granted to David Brooks in March 2020 were forfeited when he resigned.

3.  The face value of the award has been calculated by multiplying the maximum number of shares in the award  

(125,000 shares for David Brooks and 105,000 shares for Neil Martin) by the share price on the date of grant of the award  
(171.5 pence).  The exercise price per share of £0.00.

4.  Fifty percent of the award is based on the Company’s growth in adjusted earnings per share (EPS) between the year ended 

30 November 2019 and the year ended 30 November 2022.  Vesting will occur on a sliding scale between a compound annual 
growth rate (CAGR) in EPS of 5% pa (25%) and a CAGR in EPS of 15% pa (100%), namely 30.8 pence and 40.5 pence respectively.

5.  Fifty percent of the award is based on the Company’s relative TSR performance for the period from January/February 2020 to 

January/February 2023.  The Company’s TSR performance shall be measured against the TSR performance of the companies within 
the FTSE SmallCap (ex. Investment Trusts) Index (‘Comparator Group’) over the above period and must be at least at the median of 
a ranking of the TSR of each of the members of the Comparator Group.  Vesting will occur on a sliding scale between median (25%) 
and upper quartile (100%).

6.  This table has been audited.

The following graph shows the value, by 29 November 2020, of £100 invested in RM plc on 30 November 2010 compared with the value 
of £100 invested in the FTSE SmallCap (ex. Investment Trusts) Index on the same date.  The reason for selecting that index is that this 
is the one that is most closely aligned to the market capitalisation and relative position of the Company.  The other points plotted are 
the values at intervening financial year ends.

Total Shareholder Return

£300

£250

£200

£150

£100

£50

0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

RM plc

FTSE SmallCap Index (ex. Investment Trusts)

4 .     H I S T O R Y   O F   C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E   O F F I C E R   P AY

The table below sets out details of:

•  The total pay for each of the persons who have performed the role of Chief Executive for the current year and the preceding nine 
financial years.  The 'single figure' is calculated using the same methodology as that used for the "Single Figure of Remuneration" 
table in paragraph 1 above.

•  The pay-out of incentive awards as a proportion of the maximum opportunity for the period.

20111

20122

20133

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

426

0%

286

0%

379

576

1,246

655

713

982

553

58%4

75%

50%

45%

73%

64%

41%

792

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

91%

100%

36%

100%

N/A⁵

100%

Single figure (£000)

Annual variable element award rates 
against maximum opportunity

Long-term incentive vesting rates 
against maximum opportunity

Notes:

1.  Terry Sweeney to 24 October 2011 (single figure: £369,000).  

Rob Sirs from 25 October 2011 to 30 November 2011 (single figure: £57,000).
2.  Rob Sirs from 1 December 2011 to 31 January 2012 (single figure: £49,000).  

Martyn Ratcliffe from 1 February 2012 to 30 November 2012 (single figure: £237,000).
3.  Martyn Ratcliffe from 1 December 2012 to 28 February 2013 (single figure: £52,000).   

David Brooks from 1 March 2013 (single figure: £327,000).   
Figures pro-rated to reflect the period during which Mr Ratcliffe and Mr Brooks respectively fulfilled the role of Chief Executive Officer.

4.  Relates to David Brooks only.  Martyn Ratcliffe had no annual variable remuneration.
5.  During the year none of the Group’s LTIPs were due to vest.

60

61

GOVERNANCE5 .     R E L A T I V E   I M P O R T A N C E   O F   S P E N D   O N   P AY

The following table sets out, in respect of the year ended 30 November 2020 and the immediately preceding financial year, 
the total remuneration paid to all employees as compared to other significant distributions and payments.

Total remuneration to employees1

Total remuneration to Directors

Dividends paid

Corporation tax paid

Defined benefit pension cash contribution

Notes:

1.  Excludes remuneration paid to Directors.

2020 
£m

60.7

0.9

Nil

2.6

4.1

2019 
£m

67.2

1.3

6.3

3.6

4.6

For the year ending 30 November 2020, due to COVID-19, the CEO’s single figure has been impacted by a voluntary pay reduction of 
25% for 6 months and reduced variable pay due to business performance.  

Year

2020

Method

25th Percentile Pay Ratio

Median Pay Ratio

75th Percentile Pay Ratio

A

14.9:1

10.7:1

7.1:1

The table below provides further information on the total remuneration figure used for each quartile employee, and the salary 
component within this.

Year

25th Percentile

2020

Salary

2020

Total pay

Notes:

£22,000

£23,811

Median

£30,875

£33,164

75th Percentile

£35,000

£50,174

6 .     P E R C E N T A G E   C H A N G E   I N   R E M U N E R A T I O N   O F   D I R E C T O R S

1.  Option A was chosen as the statistically most accurate calculation.  The total remuneration on a full-time equivalent basis as at  

The following table sets out the percentage change for the following elements of remuneration paid to Directors and UK employees 
during the year ended 30 November 2020.

Remuneration

Salary/fees

Taxable benefits

Annual bonus

Notes:

UK Employees

2.03%

2.01%

CEO

0%

-0.81%

-34.02%

-100%

CFO Other Directors

0%

-0.47%

-100%

0%

N/A

N/A

1.  The comparator group for changes in base salary, benefits and bonus on a full-time equivalent basis comprises all the Group’s 

employees in the UK (excluding Directors). 

2.  The elements of remuneration have been calculated in the same way as the single figure of remuneration.   

The mean average has been used.

3.  Salary sacrifices by the Executive Directors due to COVID-19 pandemic have been ignored for the purposes of this table.

4.  Bonus includes annual bonus and commission only and not any other non-performance related payments made to employees 

(e.g. Christmas bonuses, long service awards).  Bonuses in this paragraph 6 relate to those actually paid in respect of the year ended 
30 November 2020.

7 .     C E O   P AY   R A T I O

Executive

David Brooks

Neil Martin

Non-Executive

30 November 2020 for all UK employees was calculated and employees ranked accordingly. 

2. 

In light of FY20 financial performance, the bonus was set as zero.  In future years, the bonus calculation for employees will be 
estimated based on their full-time equivalent target bonus due to the limited time between the end of the financial year and the 
publishing of the Annual Report.

3.  Full-time equivalent P11D values for benefits such as Private Medical Healthcare have been used for anyone in receipt of the 

particular benefit as at 30 November 2020.

4.  Pension values are not calculated on the same basis as the CEO’s figure, but rather based on the employer contribution as a 

percentage of salary as at 30 November 2020.  This approach allows meaningful data for a large group of individuals to be obtained 
in a more efficient way.

5.  The ratio is considered consistent with the roles and responsibilities of the CEO and those of employees.

8 .     S T A T E M E N T   O F   I M P L E M E N T A T I O N

Salary and fees: Since the start of the financial year, having applied the principles set out in the table above, the Committee has 
decided not to increase the base salary of David Brooks and Neil Martin or the fees for Non-Executive Directors.  The base salary and 
fees of Directors at the date of this report is:

The following table sets out the CEO pay ratios for the year ended 30 November 2020.  This compares the Chief Executive Officer’s 
total remuneration (as shown above in paragraph 1 of this Part C) with the equivalent remuneration for the employees paid at the  
25th (P25), 50th (P50) and 75th (P75) percentile of RM's UK workforce.  The total remuneration for each quartile employee, and the salary 
component within this, is also outlined in the table below.

Chairman (including the Chair of Nomination Committee)

Senior Independent Director (additional fee)

Chair of Committee/Designated NED for HR (additional fee)

Our median for all employee to CEO pay ratio is 10.7:1 which the Committee considers is within a reasonable range considering the 
structure and nature of our business.  A large proportion of the CEO’s pay is in the form of variable pay through the annual bonus and 
long-term incentive plan which link to and are therefore impacted by business performance.

Non-Executive Director base fee

Notes:

1.    This is an annual rate.  David Brooks will receive his salary up to 31 March 2021.

62

£000

3651

298

135

3

4

40

63

GOVERNANCEBenefits and pension benefits: These are expected to remain unchanged, as stated in paragraph 1 above.

1 1 .     D I R E C T O R S ’   I N T E R E S T S   I N   S H A R E   P L A N S

Bonus: The structure and operation of the bonus for the year ending 30 November 2021 will be the same as during 2020.   
The bonus opportunity, as per the Remuneration Policy, will be 55% of base salary expected to be paid for on-target performance, 
up to a maximum of 110% of base salary. 

LTIPs: It is anticipated that, during the year ending 30 November 2021, an award will be made to the new CEO and Neil Martin,  
under the RM plc Performance Share Plan 2019.  Those awards will be of options with an exercise price of £0.00 and the face value 
of the awards will be c.100% of base salary. 

Performance measures for the bonus and LTIPs:  The Board have considered performance measures and targets for the bonus and 
LTIP for the year ending 30 November 2021.  Specifically, they have considered performance measures and targets based on those 
used in recent years.  The Board has however decided to delay setting these due to the uncertainties created by the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.  Financial targets will be set when the Board has a clearer view of realistic and stretching targets that satisfy the 
requirements of the Remuneration Policy.  It is the intention of the Board to set these as soon as circumstances permit.  These will be 
disclosed in next year’s Annual Report.  

9 .     S T A T E M E N T   O F   S H A R E H O L D E R   V O T I N G

Voting at the Annual General Meeting held on 26 March 2020 in respect of the Remuneration Report for the year ended 
30 November 2019, and at the Annual General Meeting held on 27 March 2018 in respect of the Remuneration Policy was as follows:

Resolution to approve the Remuneration Policy in 2018

Resolution to approve the Remuneration Report in 2020

1 0 .     D I R E C T O R S ’   S H A R E H O L D I N G S

% of votes  
in favour

99.98%

98.57%

% of votes  
against

Number of votes 
withheld

0.01%

1.43%

506,109

1,140

The beneficial interests of the Directors including connected persons in the ordinary shares of RM plc as at 30 November 2020 were:

Holding as at 
30 November 2020

Current holding  
as % of base salary1

Shareholding  
policy met2

Holding as at 
30 November 2019

87,500

440,878

20,000

2,900

5,000

115,416

-

302%

-

-

-

95%

-

Yes

-

-

-

No

87,500

440,878

-

-

5,000

115,416

John Poulter

David Brooks

Paul Dean

Vicky Griffiths

Patrick Martell

Neil Martin

Notes:

1.  Calculated based on the average share price for the period 1 December 2019 to 30 November 2020 (£2.23) and base salaries as at 

1 January 2021.

2.  The ‘Shareholding Policy’ is set out in paragraph 3 of Part B of this report.

3.  There have been no changes in any of the above shareholdings between 30 November 2020 and the date of this report.

As at 30 November 2020, the Executive Directors had the following interests in the Company’s share plans1:

PSP Awards2

David Brooks3

Date of Grant

-

Date of Grant

13 March 2018

14 March 2019

16 March 2020

Neil Martin

Notes:

No. of Shares/Options

Performance Conditions

-

-

No. of Shares/Options

Performance Conditions

135,000

122,000

105,000

See notes 4, 5 and 6

See notes 4, 7 and 8

See notes 4 and 9

1.  To avoid duplication, and in accordance with Section 17(b)(iii) of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 

(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the figures in the above table do not include the shares or share-based 
awards referred to in paragraph 1 of this Part C or in the table in paragraph 10 of this Part C.

2.  Granted under “The RM plc Performance Share Plan 2010” and from 16 March 2020 under the  

“RM plc Performance Share Plan 2019”.  All PSP awards are subject to a minimum vesting period of 3 years.

3.  The awards granted in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to David Brooks were forfeited when he resigned.

4.  The PSP awards granted in 2018, 2019 and 2020 were awards of options, with an exercise price of £0.00 per option.  If the options 
granted in March 2018 vest, they would be exercisable in the period 16 March 2021 to 26 October 2027.  If the options granted in 
March 2019 vest, they would be exercisable in the period 15 March 2022 to 26 October 2027.  If the options granted in March 2020 
vest, they would be exercisable in the period 15 March 2022 to 14 March 2030.

5.  Fifty percent of the award is based on the Company’s growth in adjusted earnings per share (EPS) between the year ended 

30 November 2017 and the year ended 30 November 2020.  Vesting will occur on a sliding scale between a compound annual 
growth rate (CAGR) in EPS of 7.5% pa (25%) and a CAGR in EPS of 17.5% pa (100%), namely 26.1 pence and 34.1 pence respectively.

6.  Fifty percent of the award is based on the Company’s relative TSR performance which shall be measured against the average of the 
TSR performance of the companies within the FTSE SmallCap (ex. Investment Trusts) Index (Comparator Group) during January 
and February 2018 to the average during January and February 2021 and must be at least at the median of a ranking of the TSR of 
each of the members of the Comparator Group.  Vesting will occur on a sliding scale between 25% vesting at the 50th percentile and 
100% vesting at the 75th percentile (or above).

7.  Fifty percent of the award is based on the Company’s growth in adjusted earnings per share (EPS) between the year ended 

30 November 2018 and the year ended 30 November 2021.  Vesting will occur on a sliding scale between a compound annual 
growth rate (CAGR) in EPS of 5% pa (25%) and a CAGR in EPS of 15% pa (100%), namely 30.1 pence and 39.5 pence respectively.

8.  Fifty percent of the award is based on the Company’s relative TSR performance which shall be measured against the average of the 
TSR performance of the companies within the FTSE SmallCap (ex. Investment Trusts) Index (Comparator Group) during January 
and February 2018 to the average during January and February 2021 and must be at least at the median of a ranking of the TSR of 
each of the members of the Comparator Group.  Vesting will occur on a sliding scale between 25% vesting at the 50th percentile and 
100% vesting at the 75th percentile (or above).

9.  The performance conditions and other information relevant to these awards are set out in paragraph 2 (Directors’ long-term 

incentive plans) above.

64

65

GOVERNANCE1 2 .     D E T A I L S   O F   D I R E C T O R S ’ 
S E R V I C E   C O N T R A C T S

1 4 .     C O M P L I A N C E   W I T H 
R E G U L A T I O N S

N O M I N A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E   R E P O R T

Relevant information relating to the Service Contracts of the 
Directors is set out in Part B of this Report.

1 3 .     R E M U N E R A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E 
D E T A I L S

Details of the Remuneration Committee and its membership 
are contained in Part A of this report.  No external 
advice or services have been received during the year.  
External benchmarking data has been provided by the 
HR Department and the Company Secretary provides advice 
to the Nomination and Remuneration Committees on 
Service Agreements.

This report has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 
8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Group 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended).  The 
report also meets the relevant requirements of the Listing 
Rules of the UK Listing Authority and illustrates how the 
principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code relating to 
Directors’ remuneration are applied by the Company.

The Group’s auditors are required to comment on whether 
certain parts of the Group’s Remuneration Report have been 
prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 of the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Group (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008.  Accordingly, the following paragraphs of 
this Part C of this report have been audited by KPMG LLP:

•  The “Single Figure of Remuneration” table in paragraph 1.

•  Total pension entitlements, as described in the notes to 

paragraph 1.

•  Directors’ shareholdings, as set out in paragraph 10.

•  Directors’ interests in share plans, as set out in  

paragraphs 1, 2 and 11.

•  CEO Pay Ratio set out in paragraph 7.

By Order of the Board

Patrick Martell 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
11 February 2021

1 .     T H E   N O M I N A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E

The Committee operates under terms of reference approved 
by the Board, with the purposes of:

•  Evaluating the balance of skills, experience, knowledge, 
independence and diversity on the Board, drawing up 
selection criteria for Board appointments, and identifying 
and nominating candidates for Board positions.

•  Ongoing succession planning and appointment 

procedures for Board and Executive level appointments.

•  Overseeing the development of a diverse pipeline for 

succession for the Board and Executive.

During the year, the Committee reviewed its own terms of 
reference to determine whether its responsibilities were 
properly described.  The amended terms were formally 
updated on 23 October 2020.  The Committee’s terms 
of reference can be found on the Group’s website at 
www.rmplc.com.  

2 .     M E M B E R S H I P   O F   T H E   C O M M I T T E E

The membership of the Nomination Committee during the 
year ended 30 November 2020 comprised John Poulter, 
Patrick Martell and, while they were Non-Executive Directors, 
Andy Blundell, Deena Mattar, Paul Dean and Vicky Griffiths.  
The members of the Committee comprise the independent 
Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman of the Board.  The 
other Directors attend meetings as and when required and 
by invitation.  While the Chairman chairs the Nomination 
Committee, the Senior Independent Director would do so 
if the Committee were dealing with the appointment of a 
new Chairman.

3 .     M A J O R   A C T I V I T I E S   O F   T H E 
N O M I N A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E

During the year, the following key matters and decisions were 
considered by the Committee:

•  The recommendation for reappointment at the Annual 

General Meeting of all Directors based on the evaluation of 
the Board and its Committees.

•  The search for replacement Non-Executive Directors for 
Andy Blundell and Deena Mattar who stood down on 
24 May 2020 and 31 July 2020 respectively.  All remaining 
members of the Board were involved in the process.

•  Korn Ferry was engaged as an external search consultant 

for the Non-Executive Director searches and is engaged for 
the CEO position; they do not have any other connection 
with the Company or individual Directors (other than in 
relation to similar previous appointments).

•  The nomination of Paul Dean from 4 February 2020 and 

Vicky Griffiths from 1 July 2020 as Non-Executive Directors 
after consideration of the skills, experience and knowledge 
required, the benefits of diversity, and their independence 
and ability to devote sufficient time to carry out their role. 

•  The nomination of Paul Dean as Non-Executive Director 
and Chairman of the Audit Committee, was effective 
4 February 2020.  Paul brings extensive experience as an 
Audit Committee Chairman.

•  The nomination of Vicky Griffiths as a Non-Executive 

Director was effective from 1 July 2020.  Vicky brings a 
range of experience across risk management, executive 
recruitment and the education sector.

•  The search for a replacement CEO for David Brooks who 

will leave the Company on 31 March 2021.

•  The review of its succession plans and the selection 
criteria and appointment procedures for Board 
and Executive changes to ensure they are based on 
merit and objective criteria; this included reviewing 
the Board Diversity Policy (set out in the Corporate 
Governance Report).

•  The review of the gender balance and diversity on 

the Executive and direct reports, with the purpose of 
maintaining a diverse pipeline.  There is a good gender 
balance across these roles (see the Workforce section in 
the Strategic Report for more information).  

•  The review of the diversity objectives and strategies for the 
Company (see Strategic Report for further information).

•  The approval of this Nomination Report for the year ended 

30 November 2020.

John Poulter 
Chairman, Nomination Committee 
11 February 2021

66

67

GOVERNANCE  I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S  R E P O R T

to the members of RM plc

1 .  O U R   O P I N I O N   I S   U N M O D I F I E D

O V E R V I E W

We have audited the financial statements of RM plc 
('the Company') for the year ended 30 November 2020 
which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in 
Equity, Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets, 
Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements, and the 
related Notes, including the accounting policies in Note 2.  

In our opinion:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the 
state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as 
at 30 November 2020 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended;  

the Group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006;  

the parent Company financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements 
of, and as applied in accordance with the provisions of, 
the Companies Act 2006; and 

the financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation 
to the extent applicable.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) ('ISAs (UK)') and applicable 
law.  Our responsibilities are described below.  We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient 
and appropriate basis for our opinion.  Our audit opinion 
is consistent with our report to the Audit Committee.  

We were first appointed as auditor by the Directors 
on 24 March 2011.  The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is for the ten financial years ended 
30 November 2020.  We have fulfilled our ethical 
responsibilities under, and we remain independent of 
the Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements 
including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
public interest entities.  No non-audit services prohibited 
by that standard were provided.

Materiality: 
Group financial 
statements as 
a whole

£0.88m (2019: £1.15m)

4.31% (2019: 4.7%) of normalised 
profit before tax averaged over 
3 years (2019: normalised profit 
before tax)

Coverage

94% (2019: 97%) of  
Group profit before tax

Key audit matters

Recurring risks

RM Results 
long-term contracts

Recoverability of parent 
Company’s investment 
in subsidiaries

New: Pensions obligation

Event driven

New: Going concern

vs 2019

▲

◀▶

▲

▲

2 .  K E Y   A U D I T   M A T T E R S : 
O U R   A S S E S S M E N T   O F   R I S K S   O F 
M A T E R I A L   M I S S T A T E M E N T

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due 
to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team.  We summarise below the key audit 
matters in decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving 
at our audit opinion above, together with our key audit 
procedures to address those matters and, as required for 
public interest entities, our results from those procedures.  
These matters were addressed, and our results are based on 
procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the 
purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are 
incidental to that opinion, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters.  

RM Results 
long-term contracts

Revenue: £31.6m  
(2019: £37.7m)

Refer to page 42 
(Audit Committee 
Report), page 88 
(accounting policy)  
and page 96 (financial 
disclosures).

T H E   R I S K

O U R   R E S P O N S E

Accounting judgement: 

Our procedures included: 

For long-term contracts, within the 
RM Results division, the contractual 
arrangements can be complex with 
regard to variable consideration and 
service performance measures.  This can 
involve significant judgements that may 
impact the recognition of revenue and 
contract profits including, among others, 
those over:

•  The identification of the 

performance obligations included 
within the contract;

•  The combining of goods and services 
into a single performance obligation;

•  The allocation of revenue to 
performance obligations;

•  The consideration of onerous 

contract conditions and associated 
loss provisions;

•  The estimation of variable 

consideration relating to the scanning 
performance obligation.

The effect of these matters is that, as part 
of our risk assessment, we determined 
that revenue recognised from the 
long-term contracts within the RM Results 
division has a high degree of judgement, 
with a potential range of reasonable 
outcomes greater than our materiality for 
the financial statements as a whole.

In respect of onerous contract conditions, 
in conducting our final audit work, 
we reassessed the potential range of 
reasonably possible outcomes to be less 
than that materiality.

Control operation: We tested controls over the allocation of 
costs to project codes and the approval of those costs which 
is used in the determination of stand-alone selling price. 

Test of details: We inspected a sample of the  
long-term contracts based on the magnitude of  
revenue recognised in the year and risk indicators  
(such as loss-making contracts, and contracts with 
material contract fulfilment asset balances).

For the contracts selected:

•  We critically assessed the judgements used in the 

identification of performance obligations by inspecting 
the contract to understand the promised goods and 
services and terms and conditions that underpin the 
revenue and profit recognition assumptions. 

•  We critically assessed the judgements used in the 
allocation of revenue to performance obligations, 
including assessing the stand-alone selling price 
identified for performance obligations by agreeing 
to supporting information including third party 
cost invoices. 

•  We critically assessed the estimation of variable 

consideration in the scanning performance obligation and 
the assumptions used in forecasting future exam session 
volumes by comparing to publicly available information.  
We performed an assessment of whether differences 
identified through these procedures, were material.

•  We inspected material contract variations and assessed 
whether the variation was an extension of an existing 
performance obligation or a new performance 
obligation and assessed how revenue had been 
recognised for each.

Sensitivity analysis: We performed sensitivity analysis 
over the key inputs in the variable consideration 
calculations, such as script volumes, in order to assess the 
impact on revenue recognised.

Assessing transparency: We considered the adequacy 
of the Group’s disclosures about the revenue recognition 
policies and the key judgements applied.

Our results

The results of our testing were satisfactory and we 
found the identification of performance obligations, the 
allocation of revenue to the performance obligations  and 
the estimation of variable consideration to be acceptable 
(result on 2019 KAM: acceptable).

68

69

GOVERNANCET H E   R I S K

O U R   R E S P O N S E

T H E   R I S K

O U R   R E S P O N S E

Going concern

Disclosure quality

Our procedures included: 

Refer to page 42 
(Audit Committee 
Report) and page 86 
(accounting policy).

The financial statements explain how the 
Board has formed a judgement that it is 
appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of preparation for the Group and 
parent Company.

Benchmarking assumptions: Critically assessing 
assumptions in base case and downside scenarios 
relevant to liquidity, in particular in relation to cash-flow 
by comparing to external data and our knowledge of the 
Group and the sector in which it operates.

That judgement is based on an evaluation 
of the inherent risks to the Group’s and 
Company’s business model and how 
those risks might affect the Group’s and 
Company’s financial resources or ability 
to continue operations over a period of at 
least a year from the date of approval of 
the financial statements. 

The risks most likely to adversely affect the 
Group’s and Company’s available financial 
resources over this period were: 

•  The impact of Coronavirus on sales, 
profitability and cash flow based 
on widespread school closures and 
cancellation of UK exam sessions

Funding assessment: We inspected the confirmation 
from the lender of the level of committed financing, and 
the associated covenant requirements.  We re-performed 
all covenant compliance calculations based on the final 
consolidated numbers.

Historical comparisons:  Assessing the historical 
accuracy of the Group’s cash flow forecasts and growth 
rates by reviewing the accuracy of previous forecasts made 
by the Group against actual performance.

Sensitivity analysis: We considered sensitivities over the 
level of headroom on covenants, and the level of available 
financial resources indicated by the Group’s financial 
forecasts taking account of reasonably possible (but not 
unrealistic) adverse effects that could arise from these risks 
individually and collectively. 

•  The impact of Coronavirus on the 
ability of the Group to operate 
above the level required by their 
banking covenants

Evaluating directors’ intent: We challenged the 
achievability of the actions the Directors consider 
they would take to improve the position should the 
risks materialise.

The risk for our audit was whether or not 
those risks were such that they amounted 
to a material uncertainty that may have 
cast significant doubt about the ability to 
continue as a going concern.  Had they 
been such, then that fact would have been 
required to have been disclosed. 

Assessing transparency: Assessing the completeness 
and accuracy of the matters covered in the going concern 
disclosure by reviewing consistency between the 
disclosure and management’s model.

Our results

We found the going concern disclosure without  
any material uncertainty to be acceptable  
(2019 result: acceptable).

Pension obligations

Subjective valuation

Our procedures included: 

Assessing the valuer’s credentials: We critically 
assessed the competence and independence of the 
external actuaries who are engaged by the Group to 
estimate the pension scheme obligations for the purpose 
of the financial statements.

Benchmarking assumption: We challenged, with 
the support of our own actuarial specialists, the key 
assumptions applied, being the discount rate, inflation 
rate and mortality/life expectancy against externally 
derived data.

Assessing transparency: We exercised judgement to 
assess the clarity of the Group’s disclosures in respect of 
the sensitivity of the obligations to these assumptions.

Our results

We found the carrying amount of the pension obligation 
(before deducting scheme assets) and the carrying value 
of the level 3 asset to be acceptable  
(2019: result: acceptable).

Defined Benefit Pension 
Obligation: £305.7m 
(2019: £263.1m)

Level 3 insurance asset: 
£29.4m (2019: £27.9m)

See Note 26 on 
page 119 for details 
of the Group pension 
schemes and their 
obligations as at 
30 November 2020.  

Also refer to page 42 
(Audit Committee 
Report).

Significant estimates are made in 
estimating the Group’s defined benefit 
pension obligations and small changes 
in the assumptions and estimates used 
to value the Group’s pension obligation 
(before deducting scheme assets) would 
have a significant effect on the Group’s net 
pension deficit.

The Research Machines Plc 1988 Pension 
Scheme holds plan assets, in the form 
of insurance policies, for which the 
valuation is linked to the valuation of the 
pension obligation.

The effect of these matters is that, as part 
of our risk assessment, we determined 
that the valuation of pension obligations, 
and the resulting valuation of insurance 
policies, has a high degree of estimation 
uncertainty with a potential range of 
reasonable outcomes greater than our 
materiality for the financial statements 
as a whole, and possibly many times 
that amount.  The financial statements 
(Note 26) disclose the sensitivity estimated 
by the Group.

We consider that due to the significant 
change in the economy this year with 
discount rates materially moving as a 
result of changes in the CPI/RPI basis used 
in the calculation and updates for GMP 
equalisation there is increased potential 
volatility in calculating the defined benefit 
pension obligation.

70

71

GOVERNANCET H E   R I S K

O U R   R E S P O N S E

Recoverability of 
parent Company’s 
investment in 
subsidiaries

Investments: £126.6m 
(2019: £125.8m)

Refer to page 42 
(Audit Committee 
Report), page 88 
(accounting policy)  
and page 109 
(financial disclosures).

Low risk, high value

Our procedures included: 

The carrying amount of the parent 
Company’s investments in subsidiaries 
represents 94% (2019: 84%) of the 
Company’s total assets.

Benchmarking assumptions: Challenging the 
assumptions used in the budgeted cash flows based on 
our knowledge of the Group and the markets in which 
the subsidiaries operate;

Their recoverability is not at a high risk 
of significant misstatement or subject 
to significant judgement however, due 
to their materiality in the context of the 
parent Company financial statements, 
this is considered to be the area that had 
the greatest effect on our overall parent 
Company audit.

Historical comparisons: Assessing the reasonableness of 
the budgets by considering the historical accuracy of the 
previous forecasts; and

Assessing transparency: Assessing whether the 
Group's disclosures about the sensitivity of the outcome 
of the impairment assessment to changes in key 
assumptions reflected the risks inherent in the valuation 
of the investment.

Our results

We found the Group’s assessment of the recoverability of 
the parent Company’s investment in subsidiaries to be 
acceptable (2019 result: acceptable).

Materiality for the parent Company financial statements as a whole was set at £0.7m (2019: £0.75m), determined with reference to a 
benchmark of Company total assets, of which it represents 0.5% (2019: 0.5%).

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £44,000 (2019: £57,500), 
in addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the Group’s ten (2019: ten) reporting components, we subjected three (2019: four) to full scope audits for Group reporting. 

The components within the scope of our work accounted for the percentages illustrated below.

Group revenue

2

98%

(2019: 99%)

99

98

Total profit and losses 
that make up 
Group profit before tax

Group total assets 

16

3

84%(2019: 97%)

97

84

2

3

98%(2019: 97%)

97

98

Full scope for Group audit purposes 2020

Full scope for Group audit purposes 2019

Residual components

3 .     O U R   A P P L I C A T I O N   O F 
M A T E R I A L I T Y   A N D   A N 
O V E R V I E W   O F   T H E   S C O P E 
O F   O U R   A U D I T 

The materiality for the Group financial 
statements as a whole was set at £0.88m 
(2019: £1.15m) determined with reference 
to a benchmark of Group profit before 
tax, normalised to exclude highlighted 
items as disclosed in Note 5 of the 
financial statements with the exception of 
amortisation of acquisition related intangible 
assets and averaged over the current year 
and the previous 2 years of £20.4m (prior 
year: Group profit before tax, normalised to 
exclude highlighted items as disclosed in 
Note 5 of the financial statements with the 
exception of amortisation of acquisition 
related intangible assets of £24.7m).

Normalised profit before tax
averaged over three years
£20.4m (2019: £24.7m)

Group materiality
£0.88m (2019: £1.15m)

£0.88m
Whole financial statements materiality

(2019: £1.15m)

£0.7m
Materiality at three components 

(2019: £0.55m to £0.75m)

The remaining 2% (2019: 1%) of total Group revenue, 16% (2019: 3%) of the total profits and losses that made up Group profit before 
tax and 2% (2019: 3%) of total Group assets is represented by seven (2019: six) reporting components, none of which individually 
represented more than 12% (2019: 2%) of any total Group revenue, total profit and losses that made up Group profit before tax or total 
Group assets.  For these components, we performed analysis at an aggregated Group level to re-examine our assessment that there 
were no significant risks of material misstatement within these components.

The Group team performed the work on all components, including the audit of the parent Company.  The Group team determined the 
component materialities, which were determined at £0.7m (2019: £0.55m to £0.75m), having regard to the mix of size and risk profile of the 
Group across the components.  The Group team performed procedures on the items excluded from normalised Group profit before tax.

Profit before tax
Group materiality

(2019: £0.058m)

£0.044m
Misstatements reported 
to the Audit Committee

72

73

GOVERNANCE4 .     W E   H AV E   N O T H I N G   T O   R E P O R T 
O N   G O I N G   C O N C E R N

The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the 
going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the 
Company or the Group or to cease their operations, and as 
they have concluded that the Company’s and the Group’s 
financial position means that this is realistic.  They have also 
concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could 
have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a 
going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of 
the financial statements ('the going concern period').

Our responsibility is to conclude on the appropriateness of 
the Directors’ conclusions and, had there been a material 
uncertainty related to going concern, to make reference to 
that in this audit report.  However, as we cannot predict all 
future events or conditions and as subsequent events may 
result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that 
were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence 
of reference to a material uncertainty in this auditor's report 
is not a guarantee that the Group and the Company will 
continue in operation.

We identified going concern as a key audit matter (see 
section 2 of this report).  Based on the work described in our 
response to that key audit matter, we are required to report 
to you if:

•  we have anything material to add or draw attention to 
in relation to the Directors’ statement in Note 2 to the 
financial statements on the use of the going concern basis 
of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt over the Group and Company’s use of 
that basis for a period of at least twelve months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements; or

• 

the related statement under the Listing Rules set 
out on page 22 is materially inconsistent with our 
audit knowledge.  

We have nothing to report in these respects.  

5 .     W E   H A V E   N O T H I N G   T O   R E P O R T 
O N   T H E   O T H E R   I N F O R M A T I O N   I N 
T H E   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

The Directors are responsible for the other information 
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial 
statements.  Our opinion on the financial statements does 
not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated below, 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial 
statements audit work, the information therein is materially 
misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or 
our audit knowledge.  Based solely on that work we have not 
identified material misstatements in the other information.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 

Based solely on our work on the other information:  

•  we have not identified material misstatements in the 

Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report; 

• 

• 

in our opinion the information given in those 
reports for the financial year is consistent with the 
financial statements; and

in our opinion those reports have been prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.  

Disclosures of principal and emerging risks  
and longer-term viability 

Based on the knowledge we acquired during our financial 
statements audit, we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:

• 

• 

• 

the Directors’ confirmation within the Financial Viability 
Statement on page 23 that they have carried out a 
robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks 
facing the Group, including those that would threaten 
its business model, future performance, solvency 
and liquidity;

the Principal and Emerging Risks and Uncertainties 
disclosures describing these risks and explaining how they 
are being managed and mitigated; and

the Directors’ explanation in the Financial Viability 
Statement of how they have assessed the prospects 
of the Group, over what period they have done so and 
why they considered that period to be appropriate, and 
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.  

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the 
Financial Viability Statement.  We have nothing to report in 
this respect.  

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the 
context of only the knowledge acquired during our financial 
statements audit.  As we cannot predict all future events or 
conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes 
that are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable 
at the time they were made, the absence of anything to report 
on these statements is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and 
Company’s longer-term viability.

Corporate governance disclosures 

We are required to report to you if:

•  we have identified material inconsistencies between the 
knowledge we acquired during our financial statements 
audit and the Directors’ statement that they consider that 
the Annual Report and financial statements taken as a 
whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy; or

• 

the section of the Annual Report describing the work of the 
Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We are required to report to you if the Corporate Governance 
Report does not properly disclose a departure from the 
eleven provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
specified by the Listing Rules for our review.  

We have nothing to report in these respects.

6 .     W E   H AV E   N O T H I N G   T O   R E P O R T 
O N   T H E   O T H E R   M A T T E R S   O N   W H I C H 
W E   A R E   R E Q U I R E D   T O   R E P O R T   B Y 
E X C E P T I O N 

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion:  

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

• 

the parent Company financial statements and the part of 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not 
in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by 

law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

7.     R E S P E C T I V E   R E S P O N S I B I L I T I E S 

Directors’ responsibilities

As explained more fully in their statement set out on 
page 31, the Directors are responsible for: the preparation 
of the financial statements including being satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend 
to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or other 
irregularities (see overleaf), or error, and to issue our opinion 
in an auditor’s report.  Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted 
in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists.  Misstatements can arise from 
fraud, other irregularities or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken 
on the basis of the financial statements.  

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  

Irregularities – ability to detect

We identified areas of laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the 
financial statements from our general commercial and 
sector experience, through discussion with the Directors 
and other management (as required by auditing standards), 
and from inspection of the Group’s regulatory and legal 
correspondence and discussed with the Directors and 
other management the policies and procedures regarding 
compliance with laws and regulations.  We communicated 
identified laws and regulations throughout our team and 
remained alert to any indications of non-compliance 
throughout the audit.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the 
financial statements varies considerably.

74

75

GOVERNANCEThe Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly 
affect the financial statements including financial reporting 
legislation (including related companies legislation), 
distributable profits legislation, taxation legislation and 
pension legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance 
with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on 
the related financial statement items.  

Whilst the Group is subject to many other laws and 
regulations, we did not identify any others where the 
consequences of non-compliance alone could have 
a material effect on amounts or disclosures in the 
financial statements.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an 
unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some 
material misstatements in the financial statements, even 
though we have properly planned and performed our audit 
in accordance with auditing standards.  For example, the 
further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations 
(irregularities) is from the events and transactions reflected in 
the financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited 
procedures required by auditing standards would identify 
it.  In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher 
risk of non-detection of irregularities, as these may involve 
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, 
or the override of internal controls.  We are not responsible 
for preventing non-compliance and cannot be expected to 
detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

8 .     T H E   P U R P O S E   O F   O U R   A U D I T 
W O R K   A N D   T O   W H O M   W E   O W E 
O U R   R E S P O N S I B I L I T I E S 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006.  Our audit work has been undertaken so 
that we might state to the Company’s members those matters 
we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for 
no other purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, we 
do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Robert Seale (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 

Chartered Accountants 
15 Canada Square, Canary Wharf 
London, E14 5GL

11 February 2021

76

77

GOVERNANCE 
 
C O N S O L I D A T E D   I N C O M E  S T A T E M E N T

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   O F 
C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E

Year ended 30 November 2020

Year ended 30 November 2019

Adjusted 

Adjustments  

Note

£000 

£000 

Total 

£000 

Adjusted 

Adjustments 

£000 

£000 

3 

188,999 

- 

188,999 

223,765 

(114,669)

(365) 

(115,034)

(132,140)

74,330 

(365) 

73,965 

91,625 

- 

- 

- 

Total 

£000 

223,765 

(132,140)

91,625 

(59,647)

(1,842)

(61,489)

(63,985)

(3,462)

(67,447)

(248)

(705)

(953)

-

-

-

14,435 

(2,912)

11,523 

27,640 

(3,462)

24,178 

21 

(1,055)

- 

-

21 

153 

(1,055)

(1,155)

- 

(8)

153 

(1,163)

13,401 

(2,912)

10,489 

26,638 

(3,470)

23,168 

(2,552)

477 

(2,075)

(4,746)

640 

(4,106)

10,849 

(2,435)

8,414 

21,892 

(2,830)

19,062 

5 

13

7 

8 

9 

10 

Profit for the year

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Defined benefit pension scheme remeasurements

Tax on items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Fair value gain/(loss) on hedged instruments

Exchange loss on translation of overseas operations

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive (expense)/income

Note

26

9 

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

8,414 

(16,302) 

2,851

346

(205)

(13,310)

(4,896) 

£000

19,062 

(8,033) 

1,418

(806) 

(211)

(7,632)

11,430 

The notes on pages 86 to 138 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Impairment losses

Profit from operations

Investment income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the year

Earnings per ordinary share 

- basic

- diluted

Paid and proposed dividends per share

11 

- interim

- final

13.1p

13.0p

26.6p

26.4p

10.2p

10.1p

-

3.00p

23.2p

23.0p

2.00p

-

The results for the year ended 30 November 2020 have been presented under IFRS 16.   
The previous year’s results have not been restated (see Note 33).

Adjustments to results have been presented to give a better guide to business performance (see Note 5).

All amounts were derived from continuing operations.  

The notes on pages 86 to 138 form an integral part of these financial statements.

78

79

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D A T E D   B A L A N C E  S H E E T

At 30 November 2020 

At 30 November 2019 

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   O F 
C H A N G E S  I N   E Q U I T Y

Non-current assets

Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Defined benefit pension scheme surplus
Other receivables
Contract fulfilment assets
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Contract fulfilment assets
Held for sale asset
Tax assets
Cash at bank

Total assets
Current liabilities

Trade and other payables
Tax liabilities
Provisions
Overdraft

Net current (liabilities)/assets
Non-current liabilities

Other payables
Provisions
Deferred tax liability
Defined benefit pension scheme obligation
Borrowings

Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity attributable to shareholders

Share capital
Share premium account
Own shares
Capital redemption reserve
Hedging reserve
Translation reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

12 
13 
14 
15
26
19 
18
9 

17 
19 
18
20

22 

24 

22 
24 
9
26 
23

25 

27 

£000

49,322 
22,354 
8,423 
19,391
665 
63 
3,420
5,333 
108,971 

18,594 
31,317 
728
4,793
2,030 
5,941 
63,403 
172,374 

(61,491)
(163)
(435)
(2,480)
(64,569)
(1,166)

(20,987)
(3,998)
(3,339)
(19,318)
(4,779)
(52,421)
(116,990)
55,384 

1,917 
27,080 
(841)
94 
(65) 
(702)
27,901 
55,384 

£000

49,107 
23,274 
9,183 
-
976 
939 
2,193
3,457 
89,129 

22,151 
31,238 
844
1,428
382 
5,534 
61,577 
150,706 

(51,231)
(117)
(1,585)
(4,006)
(56,939)
4,638

(3,483)
(3,868)
(3,356)
(6,951)
(16,534)
(34,192)
(91,131)
59,575 

1,917 
27,080 
(1,007)
94 
(411) 
(497)
32,399 
59,575 

The notes on pages 86 to 138 form an integral part of these financial statements.

These financial statements of RM plc, registered number 01749877, were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors 
on 11 February 2021. 

On behalf of the Board of Directors 

David Brooks 
Director 

80

Neil Martin 
Director 

Share 

redemption 

Hedging 

Translation 

Retained 

Share capital 

premium 

Own shares 

reserve 

reserve  

reserve 

earnings 

Capital 

Note

£000

£000

£000

£000

At 1 December 2018 

1,917 

27,080 

(1,423)

94 

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive  
(expense)/income

Transactions with owners of the Company:

Share options exercised

Share-based payment  
fair value charges

Ordinary 
dividends paid

28 

11

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

416 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

£000

395 

- 

£000

£000

Total 
£000 

(286)

26,030 

53,807 

- 

19,062 

19,062 

(806) 

(211)

(6,615)

(7,632) 

(806) 

(211)

12,447 

11,430 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(416)

-

686 

686 

(6,348)

(6,348)

At 1 December 2019

1,917 

27,080 

(1,007)

94 

(411) 

(497)

32,399 

59,575 

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive  
income/(expense)

Total comprehensive 
income/(expense)

- 

- 

- 

Transactions with owners of the Company:

Share-based payment 
awards exercised

Share-based payment fair 
value charges

28 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

166 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8,414 

8,414 

346

(205)

(13,451)

(13,310) 

346

(205)

(5,037)

(4,896)

- 

- 

- 

- 

(166)

-

705 

705 

At 30 November 2020

1,917 

27,080 

(841)

94 

(65) 

(702)

27,901 

55,384 

The notes on pages 86 to 138 form an integral part of these financial statements.

81

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D A T E D   C A S H   F L O W   S T A T E M E N T

C O M P A N Y   B A L A N C E   S H E E T

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

Note

7
8

5
13 
14, 15 
5

26 

24 

26

21 
5

14 
13 

11
23

Profit before tax
Investment income
Finance costs
Profit from operations
Adjustments for:
Pension GMP
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of other asset
Loss on disposal of other intangible assets
(Gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Gain on foreign exchange derivatives
Share-based payment charge
Increase/(decrease) in provisions
Defined benefit pension scheme administration cost

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Decrease/(increase) in inventories
Decrease in receivables
Increase in contract fulfilment assets
Movement in payables:

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
Utilisation of provisions

Cash generated from operations
Defined benefit pension scheme cash contributions
Tax paid
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Investing activities
Interest received
Acquisition net of cash acquired
Acquisition-related costs
Proceeds on disposal of investment asset
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of other intangible assets
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities

Dividends paid
(Repayment)/drawdown of borrowings
Borrowing facilities arrangement and commitment fees
Interest paid
Payment of leasing liabilities

Net cash (used in)/generated by financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

£000

10,489 
(21)
1,055 
11,523 

170 
3,778 
3,718 
(713) 
-

(949) 
(625) 
705
1,443
37 
19,087 
3,557
2,520
(1,111)

6,012
(2,284) 
27,781 
(4,094)
(2,589)
21,098 

21 
-
-
1,560
2,900 
(5,801)
(2,660)
(3,980)

-
(12,000)
(226)
(501)
(2,523)
(15,250)
1,868 
1,528
65 
3,461 

Cash and cash equivalents include bank overdrafts as these form an integral part of the Group's cash management.

The notes on pages 86 to 138 form an integral part of these financial statements.  

£000

23,168 
(153)
1,163 
24,178 

- 
2,690 
1,584 
- 
10
26 
(29) 
686 
(758) 
262 
28,649 
(4,115) 
7,638
(1,602)

(7,483)
(3,161) 
19,926 
(4,618)
(3,639)
11,669 

153 
(7,109) 
(728)
-
8 
(2,876)
(3,159)
(13,711)

(6,348)
10,000
(529)
(513)
-
2,610
568 
712
248 
1,528 

Non-current assets

Investments

Other receivables

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Tax assets

Total assets 

Current liabilities

Accruals

Trade and other payables

Net current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to equity holders

Share capital 

Share premium account 

Own shares 

Capital redemption reserve 

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

At 30 November 2020 

At 30 November 2019 

£000

£000

16 

19 

19 

22 

22 

23 

25 

27 

126,530 

7,329 

133,859 

48

411 

459

134,318

(151)

(64,122)

(64,273)

(63,814)

(4,779)

(4,779)

(69,052)

65,266 

1,917 

27,080 

(841)

94 

37,016 

65,266 

125,825 

847 

126,672 

22,984 

785 

23,769 

150,441 

(138)

(72,789)

(72,927)

(49,158)

(16,534)

(16,534)

(89,461)

60,980 

1,917 

27,080 

(1,007)

94 

32,896 

60,980 

The notes on pages 86 to 138 form an integral part of these financial statements.

These financial statements of RM plc, registered number 01749877, were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors 
on 11 February 2021. 

On behalf of the Board of Directors 

David Brooks 
Director 

Neil Martin 
Director 

82

83

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O M P A N Y   S T A T E M E N T   O F 
C H A N G E S  I N  E Q U I T Y

C O M P A N Y   C A S H  F L O W   S T A T E M E N T

At 1 December 2018

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners of the Company:

Share options exercised

Share-based payment fair value charges

Ordinary dividends paid

At 30 November 2019

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners of the Company:

Share-based payment awards exercised

Share-based payment fair value charges

28 

Share 

redemption 

Retained 

Capital 

Share capital 

premium 

Own shares 

reserve 

earnings 

Note

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

Total 
£000 

1,917 

27,080 

(1,423)

94 

31,009 

58,677 

28 

11 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

416 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

7,965 

7,965 

(416)

686 

7,965 

7,965 

-

686 

(6,348)

(6,348)

1,917 

27,080 

(1,007)

94 

32,896 

60,980 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

166 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3,581 

3,581 

(166)

705 

3,581 

3,581 

-

705 

At 30 November 2020

1,917 

27,080 

(841)

94 

37,016 

65,266 

The notes on pages 86 to 138 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Profit before tax

Investment income

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) from operations

Adjustments for:

Gain on disposal of non-current receivable

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

Decrease/(increase) in receivables

(Decrease)/increase in payables

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

Dividends received

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Investing activities

Proceeds from sale of non-current receivables

Interest received

Net cash generated from investing activities

Financing activities

Dividends paid

Interest paid

(Repayment)/drawdown of borrowings

Borrowing facilities arrangement and commitment fees

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

11

23

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

£000

3,170 

(5,159)

2,113 

124

(673) 

(549)

9,816

(3,269) 

5,998

5,000 

10,998

1,520

- 

1,520 

-

(292)

(12,000)

(226)

(12,518)

- 

- 

- 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 
£000

7,187 

(11,387)

2,763 

(1,437)

- 

(1,437)

(13,223)

940 

(13,720) 

11,000 

(2,720)

-

110 

110 

(6,348)

(513)

10,000

(529)

2,610

- 

- 

- 

The notes on pages 86 to 138 form an integral part of these financial statements.  

84

85

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S

1 .     G E N E R A L   I N F O R M A T I O N

Basis of preparation

RM plc ('Company') is incorporated in England and Wales 
and listed on the London Stock Exchange.  It is the parent 
company of a group of companies ('Group') whose business 
activities and financial position, together with the factors 
likely to affect its future development, performance and 
position, and risk management policies are presented in the 
Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report.

Consolidated Income Statement presentation

The Directors assess the performance of the Group using an 
adjusted operating profit and profit before tax.  The Directors 
use this measurement basis as it excludes the effect of 
transactions that could distort the understanding of the 
Group's performance for the year and comparability between 
periods.  This includes making certain adjustments for 
income and expense which are one-off in nature, or non-cash 
items and those with potential variability year on year which 
might mask underlying performance.  Further details are 
provided in Note 5.

The Company has taken the exemption under s408 of the 
Companies Act 2006, not to produce an Income Statement.  
During the year the profit for the year was £3,581,000  
(2019: £7,965,000).

2 .     S I G N I F I C A N T   A C C O U N T I N G 
P O L I C I E S

in  accordance 
The  accounting  policies  are  drawn  up 
(IAS) 
International  Accounting  Standards 
those 
with 
and 
(IFRS) 
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards 
issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board 
(IASB)  and  adopted 
in  the  EU  and  therefore 
comply  with  Article  4  of  the  EU  IAS  Regulation  applied  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Companies  Act  2006.  

for  use 

These accounting policies have been consistently applied to 
the years presented, except in relation to IFRS 16 Leases that 
has been applied from 1 December 2019.

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern 
basis.  The Directors’ reasons for continuing to adopt 
this basis are set out in the Going Concern section of the 
Strategic Report and below.

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with international financial reporting standards adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the 
European Union in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 ('Adopted IFRS').  They are prepared on 
a historical cost basis except for certain financial instruments, 
share-based payments and pension assets and liabilities 
which are measured at fair value.  In addition, assets held for 
sale are stated at the lower of previous carrying amount and 
the fair value less costs to sell.  The preparation of financial 
statements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
principles, requires the use of estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date 
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of 
revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Although 
these estimates are based on the Directors’ best knowledge 
of current events and actions, actual results ultimately may 
differ from those estimates.

Going concern

The financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis which the Directors consider to be appropriate 
for the following reasons. 

The Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for the 
period a period of not less than 12 months from the date 
of approval of these financial statements/ to the end of 
May 2022 which indicate that, taking account of reasonably 
plausible downsides as discussed below, the Company will 
have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due 
for that period.  The Group has a bank facility ('the facility') 
which totalled £70m at the date of this report and is subject 
to annual covenant tests in May and November related to 
the leverage and interest cover of the Group.  The Group had 
net debt of £1.3m at 30 November 2020; the average net debt 
position during the year was £16.3m with the peak borrowing 
point being £29.6m.  The facility is committed until June 2022 
with the option of a further two-year extension to June 2024.  
Management are not aware of any reasons why the extension 
would be not be granted, if requested to the lenders.  

Throughout FY20 the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the 
Group primarily as a result of widespread school closures 
and the cancellation of UK and some International summer 
exam sessions.  In December, prior to the recent COVID-19 
school closures the Group was trading in line with internal 
budgets and forecasts.  During previous periods of school 
closures and subsequent limited school re-openings, the 
RM Education division continued to provide software, 
services and technology to UK schools, but the volume of 
hardware and new installations fell slightly.  The RM Results 
division continues to provide digital assessment solutions for 
International awarding bodies and is currently in discussions 
with these customers about the impact of COVID-19 on their 
exam cycles.  While returning close to previous performance 
during the schools re-opening in FY20, sales of consumables 
to UK and International schools by the Group’s third division, 
RM Resources, have been materially lower over the periods 
of lockdown driven by the volume of pupils in schools 
and nurseries.  Actions taken by management to reduce 
the impact of COVID-19 included a temporary furloughing 
of employees, later repaid, a deferral of pension deficit 
payments, also later repaid, and pausing of discretionary 
spending and capital projects.  The dividend proposed at 
FY19 was also reversed to maximise Group cash flow.  All 
business units were therefore profitable throughout FY20.

The Group has assessed a number of scenarios for going 
concern purposes and is using a base case scenario 
assessment based on the known COVID-19 restrictions at 
January 2021, namely that UK schools will remain closed 
in quarter 1 FY21, the UK Government announcements of 
exam cancellations included and reduced international 
exam volumes ('base case').  Management has considered 
a potentially plausible downside scenario based on further 
lockdowns after March 2021 in varying months across the 
period going concern period to reflect the risk of further 
school closures in quarter 4 FY21 and quarter 1 FY22 
('downside scenario').  Under this downside scenario, the 
forecasts assume that trading during future lockdowns 
is equivalent to that experienced to date in the current 
Government imposed lockdown on 4 January 2021.  This is 
similar to levels experienced in June 2020 when only certain 
year groups had returned to school.  

Under the downside scenario, management has taken 
the decision to pause certain discretionary spend.  These 
discretionary spend pauses are being actively reassessed 
with the announcements by UK Government indicating 
their desires to get schools operating normally as soon 
as practical.  Under the downside scenario the Group has 
headroom against its available facilities without using all 
its available options in relation to cash management, and 
considers there are sufficient controllable actions it can take, 
even if a more severe downside case were to materialise, 
to operate within the facility’s covenants.  At present the 
Directors consider a more severe downside case to be highly 
unlikely, given the vaccine rollout and the communicated 
desire by the UK Government to prioritise the reopening of 
schools at the earliest opportunity. 

Therefore, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence and meet their liabilities as they fall due for a period 
of not less than 12 months from the date of approval of these 
financial statements.  For this reason, the Group continues to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
annual financial statements.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) 

In response to the Guidelines on APMs issued by the 
European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) and the 
Financial Reporting Council (FRC), additional information on 
the APMs used by the Group is provided below.  

The following APMs are used by the Group:

- Adjusted operating profit 

- Adjusted profit before tax 

- Net debt (see Note 23)

Further explanation of what each APM comprises and 
reconciliations between statutory reported measures and 
adjusted measures are shown in Note 5.

The Board believes that presentation of the Group results 
in this way is relevant to an understanding of the Group's 
financial performance, as adjustment items are identified by 
virtue of their size, nature and/or incidence.  This presentation 
is consistent with the way that financial performance is 
measured by management, reported to the Board, the basis 
of financial measures for senior management’s compensation 
schemes and assists in providing supplementary information 
that assists the user to understand better the financial 
performance, position and trends of the Group.  In 
determining whether an event or transaction is an adjustment, 
the Board considers both quantitative and qualitative factors 
such as the frequency and predictability of occurrence.  

86

87

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidation

Revenue

The Group financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of the Company and all its subsidiaries for the 
periods during which they were members of the Group.

Inter-company balances and transactions between Group 
companies are eliminated on consolidation.  On acquisition, 
assets and liabilities of subsidiaries are measured at their fair 
values at the date of acquisition with any excess of the cost of 
acquisition over this value being capitalised as goodwill.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group.  The Group 
controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and 
has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
over the entity.  In assessing control, the Group takes into 
consideration potential voting rights.  The acquisition date 
is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer.  
The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the 
consolidated financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases.

Investment in subsidiaries 

In the Company accounts, investments in subsidiaries 
are stated at cost less any provision for impairment 
where appropriate.

Business combinations

For acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010, the Group 
measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:

• 

• 

the fair value of the consideration transferred; less 

the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the 
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Costs related to the acquisition, other than those 
associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, 
are expensed as incurred.

Acquisitions before 1 January 2010

For acquisitions before 1 January 2010, goodwill represents 
the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s 
interest in the recognised amount (generally fair value) of the 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the 
acquiree.  When the excess was negative, a bargain purchase 
gain was recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Transaction costs, other than those associated with the 
issue of debt or equity securities, that the Group incurred in 
connection with business combinations were capitalised as 
part of the cost of the acquisition.

The Group operates a number of diverse businesses and 
accordingly applies a variety of methods for revenue 
recognition, based on the principles set out in IFRS 15.   
Many of the contracts entered into, in the RM Results division, 
are long-term and complex in nature.

The revenue and profits recognised in any period are 
based on the delivery of performance obligations and an 
assessment of when control is transferred to the customer.

In determining the amount of revenue and profits to record, 
and related balance sheet items (such as contract fulfilment 
assets, trade receivables, accrued income and deferred 
income) to recognise in the period, management is required 
to form a number of significant judgements and assumptions.  
This includes:

•  The identification of performance obligations included 

within the contract.

•  The allocation of revenue to performance obligations 

including the impact of variable consideration.

•  The combination of goods and services into a 

single performance obligation.

•  The measurement of progress for performance obligations 

satisfied over time.

•  The consideration of onerous contract conditions and 

associated loss provisions.

Revenue is recognised either when the performance 
obligation in the contract has been performed  
(so 'point-in-time' recognition or 'over time' as control  
of the performance obligation is transferred to the customer).  
For all contracts, the Group determines if the arrangement 
with a customer creates enforceable rights and obligations.

For contracts with multiple components to be delivered, 
management applies judgement to consider whether these 
promised goods or services are: (i) distinct – to be accounted 
for as separate performance obligations; (ii) not distinct – to 
be combined with other promised goods or services until a 
bundle is identified that is distinct; or (iii) part of a series of 
goods and services that are substantially the same and have 
the same pattern of transfer to the customer.

At contract inception the total transaction price is estimated, 
being the amount to which the Group expects to be entitled 
and has rights to under the present contract.  This includes 
an assessment of any variable consideration where the 
performance obligation is satisfied over time.  Such amounts 
are only included based on the expected value or the most 
likely outcome method, and only to the extent it is highly 
probable that no revenue reversal will occur. 

The transaction price does not include estimates of 
consideration resulting from change orders for additional 
goods and services until these are agreed.

Once the total transaction price is determined, the Group 
allocates this to the identified performance obligations in 
proportion to their relative stand-alone selling prices and 
recognises revenue when those performance obligations 
are satisfied.  In our RM Results division the Group may sell 
customer bespoke solutions, and in these cases the Group 
typically uses the expected cost plus margin or a contractually 
stated price approach (if set out by performance obligation 
in the contract) to estimate the stand-alone selling price of 
each performance obligation.  Any remaining performance 
obligations for which the stand-alone selling price is highly 
variable or uncertain, due to not having previously been 
sold on a stand-alone basis, is allocated applying the 
residual approach.

For each performance obligation, the Group determines if 
revenue will be recognised over time or at a point in time.  
Where the Group recognises revenue over time for long-term 
contracts, this is generally due to the Group performing and 
the customer simultaneously receiving and consuming the 
benefits provided over the life of the contract.

For each performance obligation to be recognised over time, 
the Group applies a revenue recognition method that 
faithfully depicts the Group’s performance in transferring 
controls of the good or services to the customer.  This 
decision requires assessment of the real nature of the goods 
or services that the Group has promised to transfer to the 
customer.  The Group applies the relevant input or output 
method consistently to similar performance obligations in 
other contracts. 

When using the output method the Group recognises 
revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value 
to the customer of the goods and services transferred to 
the date relative to the remaining goods and services under 
the contract.  Where the output method is used, where the 
series guidance is applied (see below for further details), the 
Group often uses a method of time elapsed which requires 
minimal estimation.  Certain long-term contracts use output 
method based on estimation of number of scripts, or level 
of service activity.  The number of scripts is considered to be 
variable consideration.

There is judgment in determining whether a contract has 
onerous conditions.  When identified the expected loss is 
provided for at the time identified.

Transactional (point-in-time) contracts

The Group delivers goods and services in RM Education 
and RM Resources that are transactional services for which 
revenue is recognised at the point in time when the control 
of the goods or services has transferred to the customer.  
This may be at the point of physical delivery of goods and 
acceptance by a customer or when the customer obtains 
control of an asset or service in a contract with customer-
specified acceptance criteria.

The nature of contracts or performance obligations 
categorised within this revenue type includes: (i) provision 
of curriculum and educational resources for schools 
and nurseries; (ii) provision of IT hardware goods and 
(iii) installation of IT hardware goods.

Over-time contracts

The Group delivers services in RM Education and RM Results 
divisions under customer contracts with variable duration.  
The nature of contracts and performance obligations 
categorised within this revenue type is diverse and includes: 
(i) outsourced service arrangements in the public and private 
sectors; and (ii) right-to-access licences (see below).

The Group considers that the services provided meet the 
definition of a series of distinct goods and services as they 
are: (i) substantially the same; (ii) have the same pattern of 
transfer (as the series constitutes services provided in distinct 
time increments (e.g. daily, monthly, quarterly, exam session, 
or annual service)) and therefore treats the series as one 
performance obligation.  Even if the underlying activities 
performed by the Group to satisfy a promise vary significantly 
throughout the day and on a day by day basis, that fact, by 
itself, does not mean the distinct goods or services are not 
substantially the same.  For the majority of the over-time 
contracts with customers are in this category, the Group 
recognises revenues using the output method as it best 
reflects the nature in which the Group is transferring control 
of the goods or services to the customer. 

Right-to-access licences are those where the Group has a 
continuing involvement after the sale or transfer of control 
to the customer, which significantly affects the intellectual 
property to which the customer has rights.  The Group is in 
a majority of cases responsible for maintenance, continuing 
support, updates and upgrades and accordingly the sale of 
the initial software is not distinct.  The Group’s accounting 
policy for licences is discussed in more detail below.

88

89

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSContract modifications

The Group’s over-time contracts are often amended for 
changes in contract specifications and requirements.  
Contract modifications exist when the amendment either 
creates new or changes the existing enforceable rights and 
obligations.  Material modifications are predominantly 
extension to contract and in the current year also relate to 
cancellation of exam sessions.  The Group considers whether 
each contract modification is part of the original contract 
or is a separate contract and allocates the transaction 
price accordingly.  

Licences

Software licences delivered by the Group can be either  
'right-to-access' or 'right-to-use' licences.  Right-to-access 
licences require continuous upgrade and updates for the 
software to remain useful, all other licences are treated as 
right-to-use licences.  The assessment of whether a licence 
is a right-to -access licence or a right-to-use licence involves 
judgement.  The key determinant of whether a licence is 
a right-to-access licence is whether the Group is required 
to undertake activities that significantly affect the licence 
intellectual property (or the customer has a reasonable 
expectation that it will do so) and the customer is, therefore 
exposed to positive or negative impacts resulting from 
those changes.

The Group considers for each contract that includes a 
separate licence performance obligation all the facts and 
circumstances in determining whether the licence revenue 
is recognised over time or at a point in time from the go live 
date of the licence.

Contract fulfilment costs

Contract fulfilment costs are divided into: (i) costs that give 
rise to an asset; and (ii) costs that are expensed as incurred.

When determining the appropriate accounting treatment for 
such costs, the Group firstly considers any other applicable 
standards.  If those other standards preclude capitalisation of a 
particular cost, then the asset is not recognised under IFRS 15.

If other standards are not applicable to contract fulfilment 
costs, the Group applies the following criteria which, if met, 
result in capitalisation: (i) the costs directly relate to a contract 
or to a specifically identifiable anticipated contract; (ii) the 
costs generate or enhance resources of the entity that will 
be used in satisfying (or continuing to satisfy) performance 
obligations in the future; and (iii) the costs are expected to 
be recovered.  The assessment of this criteria requires the 
application of judgement, in particular at which point the 
capitalisation ceases and the performance obligation begins.  

Amortisation, derecognition and impairment of contract 
fulfilment assets and capitalised costs to date

The Group amortises contract fulfilment assets to cost of 
sales over the expected contract period using a systematic 
basis that mirrors the pattern in which the Group transfers 
control of the service to the customer.  The amortisation 
charge is included within cost of sales. 

A contract fulfilment asset is derecognised either when it 
is disposed of or when no further economic benefits are 
expected to flow from its use or disposal.

Management is required to determine the recoverability of 
contract related assets within property, plant and equipment, 
intangible assets as well as contract fulfilment assets, accrued 
income and trade receivables.  At each reporting date, the 
Group determines whether or not the contract fulfilment 
assets are impaired by comparing the carrying amount of 
the asset to the remaining amount of consideration that the 
Group expects to receive less costs that relate to providing 
services under the relevant contract.  In determining the 
estimated amount of consideration, the Group uses the same 
principles as it does to determine the contract transaction 
price, except that any constraints used to reduce the 
transaction price will be removed for the impairment test.

Deferred and accrued income

The Group’s customer contracts include a diverse range of 
payment schedules dependent upon the nature and type 
of goods and services being provided.  The Group often 
agrees payment schedules at the inception of long-term 
contracts under which it receives payments throughout 
the term of the contracts.  These payment schedules may 
include progress payments as well as regular monthly or 
quarterly payments for ongoing service delivery.  Payments 
for transactional goods or services may be at delivery date, 
in arrears or part payment in advance.  There are no material 
financing arrangements.

Where payments made are greater than the revenue 
recognised at the period end date, the Group recognises a 
deferred income contract liability for this difference.  Where 
payments made are less than the revenue recognised at the 
period end date, the Group recognises an accrued income 
contract asset for this difference.  Where accrued income and 
deferred income exist on the same contract these balances 
are shown net.

Intangible assets

All intangible assets, except goodwill, are stated at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated 
impairment losses.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the amount by which the fair value of the 
cost of a business combination exceeds the fair value of net 
assets acquired.  Goodwill is not amortised and is stated at 
cost less any accumulated impairment losses.  

The recoverable amount of goodwill is tested for impairment 
annually or when events or changes in circumstance indicate 
that it might be impaired.  Impairment charges are deducted 
from the carrying value and recognised immediately in profit 
or loss.  For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill 
is allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.  
If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less 
than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is 
allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill 
allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit 
pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in 
the unit.  An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not 
reversed in a subsequent period.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs associated with the 
development of software products or enhancements and 
their related intellectual property rights are expensed 
as incurred until all of the following criteria can be 
demonstrated, in which case they are capitalised as an 
intangible asset:

a.  the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset 

so that it will be available for use or sale; and

b.  an intention to complete the intangible asset and use or 

sell it; and

c.  ability to use or sell the intangible asset; and

d.  how the intangible asset will generate probable future 

economic benefits.  Among other things, the Group can 
demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of 
the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it 
is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible 
asset; and

e. 

the availability of adequate technical, financial and other 
resources to complete the development and to use or sell 
the intangible asset; and

f.  an ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable 

to the intangible asset during its development.

The technological feasibility for the Group’s software products 
is assessed on an individual basis and is generally reached 
shortly before the products or services are released, and late 
in the development cycle.  Capitalised development costs are 
amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, once 
the product is available for use.  Useful lives are assessed on a 
project-by-project basis.

Other intangible assets

Expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands is 
recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred.

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group 
are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses.

Amortisation 

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible 
assets unless such lives are indefinite.  Intangible assets with 
an indefinite useful life and goodwill are systematically tested 
for impairment at each balance sheet date.  Other intangible 
assets are amortised from the date they are available for use.  
The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Brand   

Website platform 

Other software assets 

Customer relationships 

15 years

5 years

2 – 8 years

3 – 5 years

Intellectual property and database assets  

3 – 10 years

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment assets are stated at cost, 
less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated 
impairment losses where appropriate.

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated by equal 
annual instalments to write down the assets to their 
estimated disposal value at the end of their useful lives 
as follows: 

Freehold property 

Up to 50 years

Leasehold building improvements  

Up to 25 years

Plant and equipment 

Computer equipment 

Vehicles 

3 – 10 years

2 – 5 years

2 – 4 years

90

91

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment of tangible and intangible assets 
excluding goodwill

Accrued income is recognised when services are performed 
and revenue recognised in advance of an invoice being raised.

At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying 
amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine 
whether there is any indication that those assets have 
suffered an impairment loss.  If any such indication exists, 
the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order 
to determine the extent of any impairment loss.  Where the 
asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from 
other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of 
the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs.  

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less 
costs to sell and value in use.  In assessing value in use, the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present 
value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific 
to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have 
not been adjusted. 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating 
unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the 
carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is 
reduced to its recoverable amount.  An impairment loss is 
recognised as an expense immediately.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the 
carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is 
increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, 
but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed 
the carrying amount that would have been determined had 
no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash 
generating unit) in prior periods.  A reversal of an impairment 
loss is recognised as income immediately.

Financial instruments

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are not interest bearing, 
except those specifically detailed in Note 19.  Trade and 
other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and 
subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any 
impairment losses. 

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected 
credit losses associated with its receivables carried at 
amortised cost.  The impairment methodology applied 
depends on whether there has been a significant increase 
in credit risk and this is assessed between government and 
commercial organisations.  For trade receivables, the Group 
applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, resulting 
in trade receivables recognised and carried at original invoice 
amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts 
based on expected credit losses.

Cash and short-term deposits

Cash comprises cash at bank and in hand and deposits 
with a maturity of three months or less.  Bank overdrafts are 
included in cash only to the extent that the Group has the 
right of set-off.  

Held for sale asset

Held for sale assets are stated at the lower of cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses where 
appropriate or fair value less costs to sell.

Borrowings

Borrowings relate to an unsecured revolving cash facility, 
detailed in Note 31.  All loans and borrowings are initially 
recognised at their fair value less any directly attributable 
transaction costs.  After initial recognition, loans and 
borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method.

Trade and other payables

Trade payables on normal terms are not interest bearing.  
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value 
and subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
foreign currency exposure. 

On initial designation of the derivative as the hedging 
instrument, the Group formally documents the relationship 
between the hedging instrument and hedged item, including 
the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking 
the hedge transaction and the hedged risk, together with 
the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of 
the hedging relationship.  The Group makes an assessment, 
both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on 
an ongoing basis, as to whether the hedging instruments are 
expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in 
the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items 
attributable to the hedged risk.  For a cash flow hedge of a 
forecast transaction, the transaction should be highly probable 
to occur and should present an exposure to variations in cash 
flows that could ultimately affect reported profit or loss.

Derivatives are recognised initially at fair value and 
attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss 
as incurred.  Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are 
measured at fair value, and changes therein are accounted for 
as described below.  Fair value measurements are classified 
using a fair value hierarchy.

Cash flow hedges

Restructuring

When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument 
in a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a 
particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or 
a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit 
or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the 
derivative is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income and 
presented in the hedging reserve in equity.  Any ineffective 
portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss.

For all hedging of forecast financial transactions, the 
associated cumulative gain or loss is removed from equity 
and recognised in the income statement in the same period 
or periods during which the hedged expected future cash 
flows affect profit or loss.  When the hedging instrument is 
sold, expires, is terminated or exercised, or the entity revokes 
designation of the hedge relationship but the hedged 
forecast transaction is still expected to occur, the cumulative 
gain or loss at that point remains in equity and is recognised 
in accordance with the above policy when the transaction 
occurs.  If the hedged transaction is no longer expected to 
take place, the cumulative unrealised gain or loss recognised 
in equity is recognised in the income statement immediately.

Other non-trading derivatives

When a derivative financial instrument is not designated in 
a hedge relationship that qualifies for hedge accounting, 
all changes in its fair value are recognised immediately in 
profit or loss.

Inventories

Finished goods and work-in-progress are valued at cost on 
a first in first out basis, including appropriate labour costs 
and other overheads.  Raw materials and bought in finished 
goods are valued at purchase price.  Stocks are recognised 
when the Group has the rights and obligations of ownership, 
which in the case of supply from the Far East may be from the 
point of production or the point of shipment.  All inventories 
are reduced to net realisable value where lower than cost.  
Provision is made for obsolete, slow moving and defective 
items where appropriate.

Provisions

A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the 
Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can 
be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of 
economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. 

Provisions are determined by discounting the expected 
future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific 
to the liability.  The unwinding of the discount is recognised 
as a finance cost.

A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has 
approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the 
restructuring either has commenced or has been announced 
publicly.  Future operating losses are not provided for.

Onerous contracts

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the 
expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract 
are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations 
under the contract.  The provision is measured at the present 
value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the 
contract and the expected net cost of continuing with 
the contract.  Before a provision is established, the Group 
recognises any impairment loss on the assets associated with 
that contract.

Dilapidations provision

A dilapidations provision is recognised when the Group 
has an obligation to rectify, repair or reinstate a leased 
premises to a certain condition in accordance with the lease 
agreement.  The provision is measured at the present value 
of the estimated cost of rectifying, repairing or reinstating 
the leased premises at a specified future date.  To the extent 
that future economic benefits associated with leasehold 
improvements are expected to flow to the Group, this cost 
is capitalised within the leasehold improvement category of 
property, plant and equipment and is depreciated over its 
useful economic life.

Leases

From 1 December 2019, at the inception of the lease, the Group 
recognises a right-of-use asset at cost, which comprises the 
present value of minimum lease payments determined at the 
inception of the lease.  Right-of-use assets are depreciated 
using the straight-line method over the shorter of estimated 
life or the lease term.  Depreciation is included within 
administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.  
Amendment to lease terms resulting in a change in payments 
or the length of the lease results in an adjustment to the  
right-of-use asset and liability.  Right-of-use assets are reviewed 
for impairment when events or changes in circumstances 
indicate the carrying value may not be fully recoverable.  
Right-of-use assets (excluding property leases) exclude leases 
with a low value and term of 12 months or less.  These leases 
are expensed to the income statement as incurred.

92

93

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSShare-based payments

Employee Share Trust

The Group operates a number of executive and employee 
share schemes.  For all grants of share-based payments, the 
fair value as at the date of grant is calculated using a pricing 
model and the corresponding expense is recognised over the 
vesting period.  Where the vesting period is shortened after 
the date of grant, the remaining expense is recognised over 
the shortened vesting period.  Over the vesting period and 
at vesting the cumulative expense is adjusted to take into 
account the number of awards expected to or actually vesting 
as a result of survivorship and where this reflects  
non-market-based performance conditions.  Share-based 
payment charges which are incurred by a subsidiary 
undertaking are included as an increase in investments in 
subsidiary undertakings within the parent Company, and a 
capital contribution in the subsidiary.

Employee benefits

The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution 
pension schemes.  There are three defined benefit pension 
schemes, the Research Machines plc 1988 Pension Scheme 
(the “RM Scheme”) and, following the acquisition of The 
Consortium in June 2017, The Consortium CARE Scheme (the 
“CARE Scheme”) and the Platinum Scheme.  The RM Scheme 
and the CARE Scheme are both operated for employees and 
former employees of the Group only.  The Platinum Scheme 
is a multi-employer scheme, with The Consortium being just 
one of a number of employers.  The number of the Group’s 
employees in that Scheme is small and so the impact / risk to 
the Group from that Scheme is limited.

For all defined benefit pension schemes, based on the advice 
of a qualified independent actuary at each balance sheet 
date and using the projected unit method, the administrative 
expenses and current service costs are charged to operating 
profit, with the interest cost, net of interest on scheme assets, 
reported as a financing item. 

Defined benefit pension scheme remeasurements are 
recognised as a component of other comprehensive income 
such that the balance sheet reflects the scheme’s surplus or 
deficit as at the balance sheet date.  Contributions to defined 
contribution plans are charged to operating profit as they 
become payable.

The Employee Share Trust, which holds ordinary shares of 
the Company in connection with certain share schemes, is 
consolidated into the financial statements.  Any consideration 
paid to the Trust for the purchase of the Company’s own 
shares is shown as a movement in shareholders’ equity.  
The Employee Share Trust is treated as a branch in the 
consolidated financial statements.

Own Shares Held

The “Own Shares Reserve” figure is calculated based on the 
number of shares held by the Employee Share Trust ('EST') as 
at 30 November 2020 (being 1,168,921 shares) multiplied by 
the weighted average cost of those shares.  

Translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange 
differences from the translation of the financial statements of 
foreign operations.

Cash flow hedging reserve

The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the 
cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging 
instruments related to hedged transactions that have not 
yet occurred.

Taxation

Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, 
is provided at amounts expected to be paid or recovered 
using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation is accounted for using the balance sheet 
liability method in respect of temporary differences arising 
from differences between the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding 
tax bases used in computation of taxable profit.  Deferred tax 
liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences 
except in respect of investments in subsidiaries where 
the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary 
difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future.      

Current tax balances are offset when there is a legally 
enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profit will be available against 
which the temporary difference can be utilised.  Their 
carrying amount is reviewed at each balance sheet date on 
the same basis. 

Deferred tax is measured on an undiscounted basis, and 
at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in 
which the asset or liability is settled.  It is recognised in the 
Income Statement except when it relates to items credited or 
charged directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is 
also dealt with in equity.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same 
taxation authority and when the Group intends to settle its 
current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Foreign currencies

The Group presents its financial statements in Sterling 
because this is the currency in its primary operating 
environment.  Balance sheet items of subsidiary 
undertakings whose functional currency is not Sterling 
are translated into Sterling at the period-end rates of 
exchange.  Income Statement items and the cash flows of 
subsidiary undertakings are translated at the average rates 
for the period.  Exchange differences on the translation of 
subsidiary opening net assets at closing rates of exchange 
and the differences arising between the translation of profits 
at average and closing exchange rates are recorded as 
movements in the currency translation reserve.

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated into Sterling at rates prevailing at the dates of 
the individual transactions.  Foreign currency monetary 
assets and liabilities are translated at the rates prevailing at 
the balance sheet date.  Exchange gains and losses arising 
are charged or credited to the Income Statement within 
operating costs.  Foreign currency non-monetary amounts 
are translated at rates prevailing at the time of establishing 
the fair value of the asset or liability.

Dividends

Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which the 
shareholders’ right to receive payment has been established.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

In applying the Group’s accounting policies the Directors are 
required to make estimates and assumptions.  Actual results 
may differ from these estimates.  The Group’s key risks are 
set out in the Strategic Report and give rise to the following 
estimations which are disclosed within the relevant note to 
the Report and Accounts:

•  Retirement benefit scheme valuation – see Note 26

•  Revenue from contracts over time – see Note 3

Key sources of critical accounting judgements

In applying the Group’s accounting policies the Directors 
are required to make judgements and assumptions, actual 
results may differ from these.  The Group’s key risks are set 
out in the Strategic Report and give rise to the following 
judgements which are disclosed within the relevant note to 
the Report and Accounts:

•  Revenue from contracts over time – see Note 3

Adoption of new and revised International Financial 
Reporting Standards 

The IFRIC interpretations, amendments to existing standards 
and new standards that are mandatory and relevant for 
the Company’s accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 December 2019 have been adopted.  The following new 
standards and interpretations have been adopted in the 
current period and have impacted the reported results or the 
financial position as disclosed in Note 33: 

• 

IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 Leases (IFRS 16) was issued in January 2016, replacing 
IAS 17 Leases (IAS 17) and other relevant guidance.  IFRS 16 
sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, 
presentation and disclosure of leases.  IFRS 16 will be effective 
for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019.

Under the transition rules, the Group has applied IFRS 16 
using the modified retrospective approach, with the 
cumulative effect of applying the standard recognised in 
retained earnings on 1 December 2019.  The details of the 
changes and quantitative impact are set out in Note 33.

94

95

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3 .     R E V E N U E

Year ended 30 November 2020

Supply of products

Rendering services

Licences

Year ended 30 November 2019

Supply of products

Rendering services

Licences

RM Resources 

RM Education 

RM Education 

Transactional 

Transactional  

Over time 

RM Results 

Over time 

£000

92,356

86 

-

£000

13,809

- 

533

92,442

14,342

114,184 

342 

-

114,526

17,512 

- 

1,598 

19,110

£000

-

36,319

14,317

50,636

-

38,275 

14,180 

52,455

£000

- 

30,542

1,037

31,579

- 

36,860 

814 

37,674

Total 

£000 

106,165

66,947

15,887

188,999

131,696 

75,477 

16,592 

223,765

Each contract is analysed separately to identify the performance obligations and judgements made as to whether, for example, goods 
and services should be combined.  Judgement is also required to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based 
on the standalone selling price or, for licenses, the residual amount.  Judgements include determination of performance obligations 
and allocation of revenue to performance obligations.  Scanning revenues of £2,305,098 (2019: £6,841,000) are judged to be delivered 
over time as the associated transaction price will be dependent on over-time variables (such as volumes).  Revenue is then recognised 
based on these judgements which are set out in more detail in Note 2.

There is estimation relating to the output methodology (of script volumes) to determine the transaction price.  This estimation has been 
reassessed in the year in light of the impact of COVID-19 on the UK and Internationally.  The Group has assumed that script volumes will 
be significantly lower in the UK in 2021 following recent government announcements and International script volumes will be slightly 
lower to those experienced in 2019.  

Whilst management have performed sensitivity analysis over the assumptions used, due to the uncertainty, combination of variables 
across many contracts and geographical basis of exam sessions, management do not believe that disclosing a potential range of outcomes 
would provide meaningful information on a consolidated basis and, due to commercial sensitivities, cannot provide at a contract level.

The table below shows the time bands of the expected timing of revenue to be recognised on over-time contracts at 30 November 2020.

Time bands of over-time contracts order book

At 30 November 2020

< 1 year

1-2 years

2-5 years

>5 years

At 30 November 2019

< 1 year

1-2 years

2-5 years

96

RM Education 

Over time 

RM Results 

Over time 

£000

5,812

5,005

8,868

-

19,685

8,101

4,659

1,499

14,259

£000

17,324

15,505

22,848

1,429

57,106

18,511

23,610

18,412

60,533

Total 

£000 

23,136

20,510

31,716

1,429

76,791

26,612 

28,269 

19,911 

74,792 

The order book represents the consideration the Group will be entitled to receive from customers when the Group satisfies the 
remaining performance obligations in the contracts.  However the total revenue that will be earned from the order book in future may 
change through non-contracted volumetric revenue, scope changes and contract extensions.  These elements have been excluded 
from the figures in the table above as they are not contracted.

4 .     O P E R A T I N G   S E G M E N T S

The Group's business is supplying products, services and solutions to the UK and international education markets.  Information 
reported to the Group's Chief Executive for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segmental performance is focused 
on the nature of each type of activity.

The Group is structured into three operating divisions:  RM Resources, RM Results and RM Education.

A full description of each revenue generating division, together with comments on its performance and outlook, is given in the  
Strategic Report.  Corporate Services consists of central business costs associated with being a listed company and non-division 
specific pension costs.

This Segmental analysis shows the result and assets of these divisions.  Revenue is that earned by the Group from third parties.  
Net financing costs and tax are not allocated to segments as the funding, cash and tax management of the Group are activities 
carried out by the central treasury and tax functions.

Segmental results

Year ended 30 November 2020

£000

£000

£000

£000

RM Resources* 

RM Results  

RM Education 

Corporate Services 

80,956 

6,362 

777

848 

2,196 

1,303 

92,442 

3,081 

20,473 

5,042 

- 

1,250 

225 

4,589 

31,579 

6,607 

63,977 

533 

412 

- 

- 

56 

64,978 

9,296 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(4,549)

Revenue

UK

Europe

North America

Asia

Middle East

Rest of the World

Adjusted profit/(loss) from operations

Investment income

Adjusted finance costs

Adjusted profit before tax

Adjustments (see Note 5)

Profit before tax

Total 

£000 

165,406 

11,937 

1,189 

2,098 

2,421 

5,948 

188,999 

14,435 

21 

(1,155)

13,401 

(2,912)

10,489 

97

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended 30 November 2019

£000

£000

£000

£000

RM Resources* 

RM Results  

RM Education 

Corporate Services 

95,034 

8,404 

4,141 

1,348 

2,575 

3,024 

114,526 

13,691 

27,700 

4,966 

- 

1,652 

96 

3,260 

37,674 

8,731 

69,748 

923 

187 

541 

- 

166 

71,565 

10,407 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(5,189)

Revenue

UK

Europe

North America

Asia

Middle East

Rest of the World

Adjusted profit/(loss) from operations

Investment income

Adjusted finance costs

Adjusted profit before tax

Adjustments (see Note 5)

Profit before tax

* Included in UK are International Sales via UK Distributors of £1,352,000 (2019: £1,944,000).

There are no customers that individually represent over 10% of the Group’s turnover.

Segmental assets

At 30 November 2020

Segmental

Other

Total assets

At 30 November 2019

Segmental

Other

Total assets

RM Resources 

RM Results  

RM Education 

Corporate Services 

£000

117,493

£000

22,304 

£000

17,049 

£000

1,510 

RM Resources 

RM Results  

RM Education 

Corporate Services 

£000

105,489

£000

20,072 

£000

13,208 

£000

1,562 

Total 

£000 

192,482 

14,293 

4,328 

3,541 

2,671 

6,450 

223,765 

27,640 

153 

(1,155)

26,638 

(3,470)

23,168 

Total 

£000 

158,356 

14,018 

172,374 

Total 
£000 

140,331 

10,375 

150,706 

Included within the disclosed segmental assets are non-current assets (excluding deferred tax assets) of £95,086,000 (2019: £76,559,000) 
located in the United Kingdom, £7,343,000 (2019: £8,475,000) located in Australia and £645,000 (2019: £638,000) located in India.  
Other non-segmented assets includes other receivables, tax assets and cash and short-term deposits.

5 .     P R O F I T   F R O M   O P E R A T I O N S

Profit from operations is stated after charging/(crediting):

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment:

- charged in cost of sales

- charged in operating expenses

Selling and distribution costs

Research and development costs

Administrative expenses - adjusted

Operating expenses - adjusted

Adjustments to administrative expenses (see Consolidated Income Statement)

Total operating expenses

(Gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Loss on disposal of other intangible assets

Gain on disposal of other asset

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense

Staff costs

Operating lease expense

Operating lease income

Foreign exchange gain

Inventory write-offs

Note

13 

14, 15

6 

(Decrease)/increase in inventory obsolescence provision

Fees payable to the Company's auditor

Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of these financial statements:

 - the audit of the Company's financial statements

 - the audit of the Company's subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Other fees payable to the Company's auditor:

 - other services pursuant to legislation

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

3,778 

3,778 

686 

3,032 

3,718 

24,630 

7,773 

27,244 

59,647 

1,842 

61,489 

(949) 

- 

(713)

68,653 

60,561 

121

-

(229) 

1,529 

(57)

36 

334 

23 

393 

£000

2,690 

2,690 

307 

1,277 

1,584 

29,876 

6,611 

27,498 

63,985 

3,462 

67,447 

26 

10 

-

79,433 

67,208 

3,457 

(135)

(39) 

98 

414

23 

302 

22 

347 

98

99

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments to cost of sales and administrative expenses

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

The adjustments have the following impact on key metrics:

Adjustments to cost of sales

Exceptional inventory adjustments

Adjustments to administrative expenses

Amortisation of acquisition-related intangible assets

Acquisition-related costs

Property-related (income)/costs

Impairment of intangible assets

Gain on sale of Essex LEP loan

Pension GMP 

Restructuring costs

Total adjustments to administrative expenses

 Total adjustments

Recurring items:

£000

365

1,986 

- 

(670) 

705

(673)

170 

1,029 

2,547

2,912

£000

-

1,577 

728 

335 

-

-

- 

822 

3,462 

3,462 

These are items which occur regularly but which management judge to have a distorting effect on the underlying results of the Group 
or are not regularly monitored for the purpose of determining business performance.  The recurring item relates to the amortisation of 
acquisition related intangible assets.  Recurring items are adjusted each year irrespective of materiality to ensure consistent treatment.

Highlighted items:

These are items which are non-recurring and are identified by virtue of either their size or their nature.  These items can include, but 
are not restricted to, impairment; gain on held for sale assets and related transaction costs; changes in the provision for exceptional 
property costs; the gain/loss on sale of operations and restructuring and acquisition costs.  As these items are one-off or  
non-operational in nature, management considers that they would distort the Group’s underlying business performance.

During the period the Group disposed of the asset held for sale at 30 November 2019, which was a warehouse that will no longer be 
required following the estates strategy review and a non-current other receivable.  These transactions resulted in a profit of £1.3m.

The Group’s previously announced an estates strategy review, includes moving to one new automated warehouse.  As a result of the 
new warehouse functionality, we have undertaken a review of inventory and the inventory that is not compliant with the automated 
solution has been written off.  Normal inventory write downs are included in operating profit.

The restructuring costs in the current year, relate to a Group restructuring programme that was announced in December 2019 and 
completed in the year.  The costs in the prior year relate to the estates review noted above.  

The impairment costs relate to aspects of the ERP solution we are investing in, that will require rework.

The Group provided for the increase in estimated liability of equalising GMPs in our defined benefit pension schemes of £170,000 that 
arise from the recent Court ruling on valuation of transfer values.

During 2019 the Group acquired SoNET Systems Pty Limited (Note 21) and incurred £728,000 of associated acquisition costs 
comprising advisor fees, related intangible impairment and integration costs.

During 2019 the Group exited a number of key properties and entered into new properties resulting in non-recurring exceptional costs 
of £335,000.

The Group previously announced an estates strategy review that will mean relocating a number of activities in the RM Resources 
division to one location.  During 2019 the timing and impact of this was reviewed and includes a provision for improved contributions 
to the impacted defined benefit scheme. 

2020 

2020  

2020 

2019 

2019  

2019 

Measure  

Adjustment  

Adjusted measure 

Measure  

Adjustment  

Adjusted measure 

£000 

11,523

10,489

£000 

2,912

2,912 

£000

14,435

13,401

£000 

24,178

23,168

£000 

3,462

3,470 

£000

27,640

26,638

Profit from operations

Profit before tax

Earnings per share (see Note 10)

2020 

2020  

2020 

2019 

2019  

2019 

Measure

Adjustment

Adjusted measure

Measure

Adjustment

Adjusted measure

Basic (pence)

Diluted (pence)

10.2

10.1

2.9

2.9p

13.1

13.0

23.2

23.0

3.4

3.4p

26.6

26.4

6 .     S T A F F   N U M B E R S   A N D   C O S T S

The average number of persons (including Directors) employed by the Group during the year was as follows:

Research and development, products and services

Marketing and sales

Corporate services

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

Number

1,346 

258 

199 

1,803 

Number

1,415 

321 

237 

1,973 

The above figures have been calculated on a Full Time Equivalent basis.  The actual average number for the year is 1,837. 

Aggregate emoluments of persons employed by the Group comprised:

Wages and salaries

Termination costs

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments (Note 28)

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

51,025

1,261 

4,004 

3,566 

705 

60,561 

£000

56,106 

929 

4,828 

4,632 

713 

67,208 

Information regarding the remuneration of the Directors is shown in the Remuneration Report.

100

101

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
7 .     I N V E S T M E N T   I N C O M E

b) Analysis of tax (credit)/charge in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Bank interest

Other finance income 

8 .     F I N A N C E   C O S T S

Borrowing facilities arrangement fees and commitment fees

Net finance costs/(income) on defined benefit pension scheme

Unwind of discount on onerous lease and dilapidations provisions

Interest on lease of right-of-use assets

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts

Note

26

24

9 .     T A X

a) Analysis of tax charge in the Consolidated Income Statement

Current taxation

UK corporation tax 

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Overseas tax

Total current tax charge

Deferred taxation

Temporary differences

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Overseas tax

Total deferred tax charge

Total Consolidated Income Statement tax charge

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

21 

- 

21 

£000

136 

17 

153 

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

469 

83

- 

151 

352 

1,055 

£000

592 

(6) 

22 

- 

555 

1,163 

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

1,632 

(305)

391 

1,718 

345

21

(9) 

357

2,075 

£000

4,179 

(479)

385 

4,085 

247

(288) 

62 

21

4,106 

UK corporation tax

Defined benefit pension scheme

Shared based payments

Pension escrow account

Deferred tax

Defined benefit pension scheme movements

Defined benefit pension scheme escrow

Share-based payments

Deferred tax relating to the change in rate

Total Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income tax credit

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

(240)

(18) 

(328)

(2,408)

297

66

(220) 

(2,851)

£000

(735)

(38) 

(353)

(624)

437

(105)

- 

(1,418)

c) Reconciliation of Consolidated Income Statement tax charge

The tax charge in the Consolidated Income Statement reconciles to the effective rate applied by the Group as follows:

Year ended 30 November 2020

Year ended 30 November 2019

Adjusted  

Adjustments  

£000 

£000 

Total 

£000 

Adjusted 

Adjustments 

 £000 

£000 

Total 

£000 

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax

13,401 

(2,912)

10,489 

26,638 

(3,470)

23,168 

Tax at 19% (2019: 19%) thereon:

2,546 

(553)

1,993

5,061 

(659)

4,402

Effects of:

- change in tax rate on carried forward deferred tax assets

(137) 

391

254 

- other expenses not deductible for tax purposes

194 

(119) 

- other temporary timing differences

- impairments

- effect of profits in various  

  overseas tax jurisdictions

54

-

53 

-

-

- 

75 

54

-

53 

- Prior period adjustments - UK

(158)

(196) 

(354)

- 

133 

(4)

-

67 

(511)

- 

- 

(28) 

47

- 

- 

- 

133 

(32)

47

67 

(511)

Tax charge/(credit) in the Consolidated Income Statement

2,552 

(477)

2,075 

4,746 

(640)

4,106 

The adjustment in respect of prior years reflects the tax impact of the movement in share price on share-based payment on exercise and 
timing of redundancy payments.  The adjustment in respect of prior years reflects the tax impact of the movement in pension balances.

Factors that may affect future tax charges

The standard rate of corporation tax in the UK for the period is 19%.  

102

103

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
d) Deferred tax

1 0 .     E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E 

The Group has recognised deferred tax assets as these are anticipated to be recognised against profits in future periods.   
The major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and the movements thereon are as follows: 

Group

At 1 December 2018

Acquired through subsidiary

(Credit)/charge to income

Credit/(charge) to equity

At 30 November 2019

(Credit)/charge to income

Credit/(charge) to equity

At 30 November 2020

Defined 

Accelerated tax 

 benefit pension 

Share-based 

Short-term timing 

Acquisition related 

depreciation 

scheme obligation 

payments 

differences 

intangible assets 

£000

1,021 

-

(305) 

- 

716 

(387) 

- 

329 

£000

392 

- 

-

624 

1,016 

-

2,527 

3,543 

£000

396 

-

(78) 

105 

423 

162

(66) 

519 

£000

1,548 

69 

94

(437)

1,274 

(121)

(211)

942

£000

(2,789)

(807) 

268 

- 

(3,328)

(11) 

- 

(3,339)

Total 

£000 

568 

(738) 

(21)

292

101 

(357)

2,250

1,994 

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset above.

The Group has recognised deferred tax assets in jurisdictions where these are expected to be recoverable against profits in future periods. 

No deferred tax liability is recognised on temporary differences of £561,000 (2019: £581,000) relating to the unremitted earnings of 
overseas subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the timings of the reversal of these temporary differences and it is probable that 
they will not reverse in the foreseeable future.  

Year ended 30 November 2020

Year ended 30 November 2019

Profit for 

Weighted average 

Profit for 

Weighted average 

 the year  

number of shares  

Pence per share  

 the year  

number of shares  

Pence per share  

£000 

‘000 

£000 

‘000 

Basic earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings

Adjustments (see Note 5)

8,414 

2,435 

82,576 

- 

Adjusted basic earnings

10,849 

82,576 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

10.2 

2.9 

13.1

19,062 

82,341 

2,830 

- 

21,892 

82,341 

Basic earnings

8,414 

82,576 

10.2

19,062 

82,341 

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares: 
share-based payment awards

Diluted earnings

Adjustments (see Note 5)

- 

888 

8,414 

2,435 

83,464 

- 

Adjusted diluted earnings

10,849 

83,464 

(0.1)

10.1

2.9 

13.0 

- 

577 

19,062 

82,918 

2,830 

- 

21,892 

82,918 

23.2 

3.4 

26.6

23.2

(0.2)

23.0

3.4 

26.4 

1 1 .     D I V I D E N D S 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders were:

Final dividend for the year ended 30 November 2019 – nil p per share (2018: 5.70p)

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 November 2020 – nil p per share (2019: 2.0p)

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

£000

-

-

-

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

4,698 

1,650 

6,348 

The proposed final dividend of 3.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2020 was approved by the board on 8 February 2021.  
The dividend is subject to approval by Shareholders at the annual general meeting.  The anticipated cost of this dividend is £2,481,183.

104

105

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
1 2 .     G O O D W I L L 

Group

Cost

At 30 November 2018

Acquired during the year (Note 21)

Exchange differences

At 30 November 2019

Exchange differences

At 30 November 2020

Accumulated impairment losses

At 1 December 2018, 30 November 2019 and 30 November 2020

Carrying amount

At 30 November 2020

At 30 November 2019

The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated as follows:

Group

RM Resources

RM Results 

£000 

54,858 

4,153 

(210)

58,801 

215

59,016

(9,694)

49,322 

49,107 

Year ended 
30 November 2020
£000 

Year ended  
30 November 2019
£000 

42,208 

7,114 

49,322 

42,208 

6,899 

49,107 

Further information pertaining to the performance and future strategy of the divisions can be found within the Strategic Report. 

A review of the forecast future cash flows of RM Resources and of RM Results indicated no impairment was required.

The recoverable amounts of the Cash Generating Units (‘CGU’) are determined from value in use calculations.  The key assumptions for 
the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates and growth rates.  

The Group monitors its post-tax Weighted Average Cost of Capital and those of its competitors using market data.  In considering the 
discount rates applying to CGUs, the Directors have considered the relative sizes, risks and the inter-dependencies of its CGUs and their 
relatively narrow operation within the education products and services market.  The impairment reviews use a discount rate adjusted 
for pre-tax cash flows.  Analysis of the sensitivity of the resultant impairment reviews to changes in the discount rate is included below.

The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent annual financial budget approved by the Board, which also 
contains forecasts for the two years following, and extrapolates cash flows based on internal forecasts with terminal rates of 2.0% (2019: 
2.0%) which aligns to market growth and inflation expectations.  Growth rates for the initial 3 year period include a more material 
double digit growth rate for the divisions from 2020, due to recovery from COVID-19 and the impact of investments.  Pre-tax discount 
rates used are 15.3% for RM Resources and 13.9% for RM Results (2019: RM Resources and RM Results 12.3%).

Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity of goodwill carrying values to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions has been performed.  A change of 2% in 
the discount rate or a 2% reduction in the growth rate beyond 2023 would not change the conclusion of the impairment review which 
has significant headroom remaining.

1 3 .     O T H E R   I N T A N G I B L E   A S S E T S

Customer 

Intellectual 

property & 

Website 

Other 

relationships 

Brands 

database assets 

platform 

software assets 

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

Total 

£000 

Group

Cost

At 1 December 2018

Acquired through acquisition

Additions

Transfers between categories

Exchange differences

Disposals

644 

1,871

- 

- 

(94)

(234) 

18,210 

-

- 

- 

(144)

- 

At 30 November 2019

2,187 

18,066 

Additions

Exchange differences

Disposals

- 

98

-

- 

-

- 

325 

2,876 

- 

- 

-

(325) 

2,876 

- 

149

-

2,520 

3,536 

25,235 

-

154 

10

-

(726) 

1,958 

- 

-

(4) 

- 

3,005 

(169) 

(5)

(266)

6,101 

2,660

(13)

-

4,747 

3,159 

(159) 

(243)

(1,551)

31,188 

2,660

234

(4)

At 30 November 2020

2,285 

18,066 

3,025 

1,954 

8,748 

34,078 

Accumulated amortisation 
and impairment losses

At 1 December 2018

Charge for the year

Transfers between categories

Exchange differences

Disposals

At 30 November 2019

Charge for the year

Impairment

Exchange differences

Disposals

644 

216 

- 

- 

(234) 

626 

454

-

28 

-

1,819 

1,207 

- 

- 

- 

3,026 

1,207

-

- 

- 

325 

154 

- 

- 

(325) 

154 

325

-

20 

-

715 

867 

402 

- 

(716) 

1,268 

473

-

- 

(4) 

3,267 

246

(402)

(5)

(266)

2,840 

366

953

(12)

-

6,770 

2,690

-

(5)

(1,541)

7,914 

2,825

953

36

(4)

At 30 November 2020

1,108 

4,233

499 

1,737

4,147

11,724

Carrying amount

At 30 November 2020

At 30 November 2019

1,177 

1,561 

13,833 

15,040 

2,526 

2,722 

217

690

4,601 

3,261 

22,354 

23,274 

106

107

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
1 4 .     P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T

1 5 .     R I G H T - O F - U S E   A S S E T S

Group

Cost

Freehold land 

Short leasehold 

Computer 

& buildings 

improvements 

Plant & equipment 

equipment 

£000

£000

£000

£000

Vehicles 

£000

Total 

£000 

At 1 December 2018

8,004 

6,073 

8,491 

248 

26,938 

Acquired

Additions

Transfers between categories

Exchange differences

-

- 

- 

- 

Reclass to assets held for sale (Note 20)

(1,771)

Disposals

At 30 November 2019

Additions

Transfers between categories

Exchange differences

- 

6,233 

-

(433) 

- 

Reclass to assets held for sale (Note 20)

(5,800)

Disposals

At 30 November 2020

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 December 2018

Charge for the year

Reclass to assets held for sale (Note 20)

Exchange differences

Disposals

At 30 November 2019

Charge for the year

Transfers between categories

Reclass to assets held for sale (Note 20)

Exchange differences

Disposals

At 30 November 2020

Carrying value

At 30 November 2020

- 

- 

1,263 

175

(373) 

- 

- 

1,065 

118

(430) 

(752) 

- 

(1) 

- 

- 

At 30 November 2019

5,168 

-

299 

- 

(14)

-

(1,774)

4,584 

43

- 

(52)

(326)

-

262

- 

(13)

(1,772)

4,014 

97

- 

(143) 

(38)

-

4,122 

-

2,102 

-

(16)

(284)

(694)

5,230 

5,237

430

(48)

(9)

(40)

588

30

(1)

(46)

(40)

4,249 

10,800 

8,579 

5,537 

3,839 

6,959 

441

(254)  

(16)

(671)

660

-

(22)

(637)

3,339 

6,960 

3,930 

3,870 

319 

570 

6,930 

1,891 

-

422 

159

(28)

-

(641)

8,403 

521

-

(83)

(119)

(143)

356

400

(34)

(72)

(143)

7,467 

1,112 

1,443 

18 

53 

- 

(7)

-

(64)

248 

-

3 

(14)

-

(10)

227 

156 

46 

- 

(6)

(59)

137 

45

- 

- 

(7)

(10)

165 

62 

111 

18

2,876 

159

(65)

(2,055)

(3,173)

24,698 

5,801

-

(197)

(6,254)

(193)

23,855 

17,754 

1,584 

(627) 

(57)

(3,139)

15,515 

1,204

-

(930)

(163)

(194)

15,432 

8,423 

9,183 

Group

Cost

At 30 November 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

Additions

Disposals

At 30 November 2020

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 30 November 2019

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 November 2020

Carrying value

At 30 November 2020

Land & buildings 

Plant & equipment 

£000

£000

Vehicles 

£000

Total 

£000 

-

5,688

15,574

(1,411) 

19,851 

-

1,648

(150) 

1,498 

-

920 

472

-

1,392 

-

678

-

678

-

423

120

(51)

492

-

188

(20) 

168

- 

7,031

16,166

(1,462)

21,735 

-

2,514

(170)

2,344

18,353 

714

324

19,391

1 6 .     I N V E S T M E N T S   I N   S U B S I D I A R Y   U N D E R T A K I N G S

The subsidiary undertakings of the Company at 30 November 2020 were: 

Name

RM Education Limited

TTS Group Limited

Principal activity

Country of  

incorporation

Class of 
share

% held

Software, services & systems

England

Ordinary

100%

Dormant

England

Ordinary

100%

RM Education Solutions India Pvt Limited *

Software and corporate services

India

Ordinary

100%

RM Pension Scheme Trustee Limited

Hedgelane Limited

Hammond Bridge Limited *

SoNET Systems Pty Ltd *

RM PLC Australia Pty Ltd

RM Educational Resources Limited *

* Held through subsidiary undertaking.

Corporate Trustee

Holding company

Dormant

Software

Holding company

Resource supply

England

Ordinary

100%

England

Ordinary

100%

England

Ordinary

100%

Australia

Ordinary

100%

Australia

Ordinary

England

Ordinary

100%

100%

108

109

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
All UK subsidiary companies are registered at 142B Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4SE. 

1 7.     I N V E N T O R I E S

RM Education Solutions India Pvt Limited is registered at Unit No.8A, Carnival Techno Park Technopark, Kariyavattom, PO Trivandrum, 
Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala 695581, India.

SoNET Systems Pty Ltd is registered at 15 Gordon Street, Richmond, Victoria, VIC 3121, Australia.  RM PLC Australia Pty Ltd is registered 
at Level 17, 181 William Street, Melbourne, Victoria, VIC 3000, Australia.

During the year RM Schools Limited was liquidated.

The investment in subsidiary undertakings comprises:

Group

Components

Finished goods

Company

Cost

At 1 December 2018

Acquisition

Disposal

Share-based payments

At 30 November 2019

Share-based payments

At 30 November 2020

Impairment

At 1 December 2018

Disposal

At 30 November 2019

At 30 November 2020

Carrying value

At 30 November 2020

At 30 November 2019

Investment in  

Capital contribution 

share capital 

share-based payments 

£000

£000

Total 

£000

112,461 

12,739 

125,200 

1

8

- 

112,470 

- 

112,470 

88 

(88) 

- 

- 

- 

(70)

686 

13,355 

705 

14,060 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1

(62)

686 

125,825 

705 

126,530 

88 

(88) 

- 

- 

112,470 

112,470 

14,060 

13,355 

126,530 

125,825 

At 30 November 2020 an impairment review was undertaken which indicated that no impairment in the investments held by the 
Company was required (2019: nil).  The impairment review was performed using the same assumptions used in the impairment review 
performed in relation to the Group’s assets which are disclosed in Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements.  The impairment 
review is sensitive to a change in key assumptions used in the value in use calculations relating to the discount rate and future 
growth rates.

A change of 1% in the discount rate or a 1% reduction in the growth rate in the future would not change the conclusion of the 
impairment review which has significant headroom.

2020 

£000 

- 

18,594 

18,594 

2019 

£000 

31 

22,120 

22,151 

2020 

£000 

3,037

1,906

66

(861)

4,148

2020 

£000 

728 

3,420

4,148

2019 

£000 

1,435

2,879

-

(1,277)

3,037

2019 

£000 

844 

2,193

3,037

Any inventory that is not expected to be turned over within 24 months has been provided for.

1 8 .     C O N T R A C T   F U L F I L M E N T   A S S E T S

Group

At 1 December

Additions

Foreign exchange

Amortised in the period

At 30 November

Analysed by:

Current

Non-current

At 30 November

Contract fulfilment assets represent investment in contracts which are recoverable and are expected to provide benefits over the life 
of the contract.  These costs, which relate to contract set up costs, are capitalised only when they relate directly to a contract and are 
incremental to securing the contract.

110

111

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
1 9 .     T R A D E   A N D   O T H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S 

Analysis of trade receivables by type of customer

Current

Financial assets

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Accrued income

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Non-financial assets

Prepayments

Non-current

Financial assets

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Other receivables 

Currency profile of receivables

Sterling

US Dollar

Australian Dollar

Euro

Indian Rupee

Singapore Dollar

Other

Group

Company

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

Group

Government 

Commercial

2020 

£000 

13,245 

9,662 

22,907 

2019 

£000 

9,250 

12,093 

21,343 

22,907 

21,343 

1,498 

1,997 

- 

1,897 

2,384 

- 

26,402 

25,624 

4,915 

31,317 

5,614 

31,238 

- 

- 

- 

-

-

48 

48

- 

- 

- 

22,957 

22,957 

27 

22,984 

-

63 

-

939 

7,329

-

-

847 

31,380 

32,177 

7,377 

23,831 

28,004 

1,190 

390

143

619 

613

421

26,093 

3,869 

1,475 

44

640 

56

- 

48

-

7,329

- 

- 

-

- 

16,882 

-

6,949

- 

- 

-

- 

31,380 

32,177 

7,377 

23,831 

Trade receivables included an allowance for estimated irrecoverable amounts at 30 November 2020 of £1,030,000 (2019: £259,000), 
based on management's knowledge of the customer, externally available information and expected payment likelihood.  This 
allowance has been determined by reference to specific receivable balances and past default experience and considers lifetime 
expected credit losses.  New customers are subject to credit checks where available, using third party databases prior to being 
accepted.  The Group uses the practical expedient of measuring impairment using a provision matrix which is consistent with applying 
a full credit loss model for the Group.

No expected credit losses have been recognised on contract assets or intercompany receivables as these are not considered material. 

Ageing of trade receivables

Group

Not past due

Overdue by less than 60 days

Overdue by between 60 and 90 days

Overdue by more than 90 days

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

18,720 

15,734 

3,279 

4,314 

705 

203 

619 

676

22,907 

21,343 

2 0 .     A S S E T S   H E L D   F O R   S A L E

Following the acquisition of Consortium in 2017, the Group had five distribution centres across three locations.  RM is moving to a single, 
automated distribution site.  As part of this process, the Group sold the freehold property in Shrewsbury during the year which was 
held for sale as at 30 November 2019 and is selling its freehold properties based in Trowbridge and Kirkby.  The amortised cost of the 
properties and other fixed assets integral to those properties of £4,793,000 has been reclassified (from property, plant and equipment 
and selected computer hardware) to a current asset held for sale because it is expected that the sale will be completed (or agreements 
to complete signed) during 2021.  The assets are included within the Resources division. 

The amounts owed by Group undertakings to the Company are repayable on demand and bear interest at LIBOR plus 2% although 
they are repayable on demand the Directors have no expectation that the amounts will be collected in the next 12 months and have 
therefore presented these as non-current.

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables approximates their fair values.

The Company’s Non-current Other receivables are the gross amounts owed by the Company’s 9% equity investments in Essex Schools 
(Holdings) Ltd which was sold in the year (see Note 5).

The Group’s accrued income balances solely relate to revenue from contracts with customers.  Movements in the accrued 
income balances were driven by transactions entered into by the Group within the normal course of business in the year. 

112

113

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
2 1 .     A C Q U I S I T I O N S   O F   S U B S I D I A R I E S

Acquisitions

On 13 June 2019, the Group acquired all of the shares in SoNET Systems Pty Ltd.  

SoNET is a software company which provides SaaS platforms, principally to the education and government sectors.   
SoNET’s e-authoring and testing software augments RM Results’ existing e-marking capability, enabling RM Results to offer 
customers full end-to-end digital assessment services in the online testing and marking of exams. 

The role of technology in the assessment landscape is changing and we firmly believe that, in time, on-screen testing will 
transform the way that assessments are designed and delivered.  It has been a strategic priority for RM Results to enable end-to-end 
digital assessment capability.  SoNET’s e-testing product, Assessment Master, is a market leading assessment and testing platform  
with functionality going beyond conventional online examination software (multiple choice etc.) to provide task-oriented and  
task-simulated assessments of performance in any situation. 

The fair value of the cash consideration for the acquisition was £7.3m.  Transaction fees associated with the acquisition and  
expensed to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in 2019 were £0.3m.

In the period 14 June 2019 to 30 November 2019 SoNET contributed revenue of £1,700,000 and statutory profit after tax of £nil.  If the 
acquisition had occurred on 1 December 2018 SoNET would have contributed revenue of £3,341,000 and statutory profit after tax of 
£28,000 in 2019.  In determining these amounts, management has assumed that the fair value adjustments that arose on the date of 
acquisition would have been the same if the acquisition occurred on 1 December 2018.  

Fair value adjustments 

On the acquisition of SoNET all assets were fair valued and appropriate intangible assets recognised following the principles of IFRS 3.

A deferred tax liability related to these intangible assets was also recognised.  Management identified the main material intangible 
assets as the Intellectual Property of the Company’s software and customer contracts.  These intangible assets were valued at £4.7m 
using the Relief from Royalty method and are being amortised over 3-10 years which is in accordance with the estimated useful 
economic life (UEL) and IAS 38. 

Goodwill of £4.2m represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.  
The goodwill arising on the acquisition is largely attributable to the synergies and values associated with being part of the enlarged 
RM Results proposition. 

Effect of acquisition 

Deferred income has been recognised at fair value at the date of acquisition.  

The acquisition had the following effect on the Group’s assets and liabilities: 

Acquisition-related costs 

Fair value on acquisition  

The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of £0.7m related to advisor fees, related intangible asset impairment  
and acquisition transition costs.  These costs have been included in the administrative expenses in the Group's 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income in 2019. 

No changes have been made in the 12 month period to fair values.

Acquisition-related intangible assets (Note 13) 

Property, plant and equipment 

Trade receivables 

Other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other payables 

Deferred income

Current tax liabilities 

Deferred tax 

Provisions 

Net assets acquired 

Goodwill 

Consideration paid 

Satisfied by 

Cash 

Total purchase consideration 

Net cash flow on acquisition 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash flow on acquisition 

£000 

4,747 

18

307 

79

208 

(538)

(853)

(38)

(738)

(28)

3,164 

4,153 

7,317 

7,317 

7,317 

7,317 

(208)

7,109 

114

115

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2 2 .     T R A D E   A N D   O T H E R   P AYA B L E S 

2 3 .     B O R R O W I N G S

Current liabilities

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Lease liabilities

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Accruals

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Non-financial liabilities

Deferred income

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities

Lease liabilities

- due after one year but within two years

- due after two years but within five years

- after five years

Non-financial liabilities

Deferred income

- due after one year but within two years

- due after two years but within five years

- after five years

Group

2020 

£000 

Company

2019 

£000 

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

20,620 

19,136 

4,067

6,847 

2,503 

76 

10,740

- 

-

4,364 

2,081 

461 

11,849 

- 

44,853 

37,891 

- 

-

- 

- 

- 

151 

64,122 

64,273 

- 

-

- 

- 

- 

138 

72,789 

72,927 

16,638 

61,491 

13,340 

51,231 

- 

- 

64,273 

72,927 

2,301

4,500

11,346

1,356 

1,309 

175

20,987 

82,478 

-

-

-

1,783 

1,561 

139

3,483 

54,714 

- 

- 

-

- 

- 

-

- 

- 

- 

-

- 

- 

-

- 

64,273 

72,927 

The amounts owed to Group undertakings by the Company are payable on demand and bear interest at LIBOR plus 2%.

Currency profile of trade and other payables

Sterling

US Dollar

Australian Dollar

Indian Rupee

Other

Group

Company

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

77,072 

50,141 

64,273 

72,927 

972

1,600 

755 

2,079 

1,005 

1,535 

868 

1,165 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

82,478 

54,714 

64,273 

72,927 

The Group’s deferred revenue balances solely relate to revenue from contracts with customers.  Movements in the deferred revenue 
balances were driven by transactions entered into by the Group within the normal course of business in the year.

Group and Company

Bank loan

Add capitalised fees

Borrowings

2020 

£000 

(5,000)

221 

(4,779)

2019 

£000 

(17,000)

466 

(16,534)

The borrowings in the year and details of the facility are detailed in Note 31. 
Bank and professional service fees relating to securing the loan have been capitalised and are amortised over the length of the loan.

Net debt is the total of borrowings, cash at bank and overdraft which was £1.3m as at 30 November 2020 (2019: £15.0m). 

2 4 .     P R O V I S I O N S 

Group

At 1 December 2018

Acquisition

Utilisation of provisions

Release of provisions

Increase in provisions

Unwind of discount

At 30 November 2019

Utilisation of provisions

Release of provisions

Increase in provisions

Impact of foreign exchange

At 30 November 2020

Note

8

Onerous lease 

Employee-related 

 and dilapidations 

restructuring 

£000

3,518

28

(1,940)

(802)

27

22

853

-

-

381

2

1,236

£000

2,617

-

(1,221)

(12)

836

-

2,220

(2,284)

-

1,092

-

1,028

Other 

£000 

3,237

-

-

(872)

15

-

2,380

-

(525)

314

-

2,169

Total 

£000 

9,372

28

(3,161)

(1,686)

878

22

5,453

(2,284)

(525)

1,787

2

4,433

The onerous lease was exited in 2019.  In making their assessment of the required onerous lease provisions, the Group was required 
to estimate the likely sub-let income that could be earned over the remaining life of the lease.  This required the Directors to make 
judgements relating to the likelihood that a property will be sub-let and the income that will be earned. 

Employee-related restructuring provisions refer to costs arising from restructuring to meet the future needs of the Group.  As described 
in Note 5, the Group is undergoing an estates review and £1.1m of the utilisation relates to this programme.  A separate restructuring 
programme was announced in December 2019 and completed during the year.  The majority of the restructuring provision is expected 
to be utilised during 2022.

Other provisions includes one-off items not covered by any other category of which the most significant items are the risk provisions 
from ended long-term contracts transferred from long-term contract creditors to provisions.  The release of £525,000 primarily relates 
to onerous contract risks that have either been re-negotiated or terminated during the year and the increase in provisions relate to new 
contract risks identified in the year.

116

117

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
During the year the overall movement on long-term provisions was an increase of £130,000 (2019: increase of £1,160,000).

Disclosure of provisions

Group

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

2 5 .     S H A R E   C A P I T A L

Company and Group

Allotted, called-up and fully paid

As at 30 November 2018, 2019 and 2020

Ordinary shares issued carry no right to fixed income.

2020 

£000

435

3,998

4,433 

2019 

£000

1,585 

3,868 

5,453 

Ordinary shares of 22/7p

‘000

83,875 

£000 

1,917 

2 6 .     D E F I N E D   B E N E F I T   S C H E M E S

a.  Defined contribution scheme

The Group operates or contributes to a number of defined 
contribution schemes for the benefit of qualifying employees.  
The assets of these schemes are held separately from those of 
the Company.  The total cost charged to income of £2,861,000 
(2019: £4,489,000) represents contributions payable to these 
schemes by the Group at rates specified in employment 
contracts.  At 30 November 2020 £233,000 (2019: £308,000) 
due in respect of the current financial year had not been 
paid over to the schemes.

b.  Local government pension schemes

The Group has TUPE employees who retain membership 
of local government pension schemes.  The Group makes 
payments to these schemes for current service costs in 
accordance with its contractual obligations.  The total 
costs charged to income for these schemes was £157,000 
(2019: £143,000).  The amount due in respect of these 
schemes at 30 November 2020 was £75,000 (2019: £51,000).  
The balance sheet liability is included within provisions 
(see Note 24) and incorporates information from over  
14 local government pension schemes.  The provision is 
calculated by reference to the latest published triennial 
valuations and the Group discloses the net position of the 
Group's share of assets and liabilities. 

There is judgment in determining the appropriate accounting 
treatment for the participation in these schemes as either a 
defined benefit or defined contribution scheme, in particular 
as to whether actuarial and investment risk fall in substance 
on the Company.

c.  Defined benefit pension schemes

The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution 
pension schemes.  There are three defined benefit pension 
schemes, the Research Machines plc 1988 Pension Scheme 
(the “RM Scheme”) and, following the acquisition of The 
Consortium in June 2017, the Consortium CARE Scheme (the 
"CARE scheme") and the Platinum Scheme (the "Platinum  
scheme").  The RM Scheme and the CARE Scheme are both 
operated for employees and former employees of the Group 
only.  The Platinum Scheme is a multi-employer scheme, with 
The Consortium being just one of a number of employers.  
The number of the Group’s employees in that Scheme is 
small (and none by 30 November 2020) and so the impact / 
risk to the Group from that Scheme is limited.

For all three schemes, based on the advice of a qualified 
independent actuary at each balance sheet date and using 
the projected unit method, the administrative expenses and 
current service costs are charged to operating profit, with 
the interest cost, net of interest on scheme assets, reported 
as a financing item.  An estimate for Guaranteed Minimum 
Pensions (‘GMPs’) transfer values was expensed (see below for 
further explanation). 

Defined benefit pension scheme remeasurements are 
recognised as a component of other comprehensive income 
such that the balance sheet reflects the scheme’s surplus or 
deficit as at the balance sheet date.  Contributions to defined 
contribution plans are charged to operating profit as they 
become payable.

Scheme assets are measured at bid-price, where available, at 
30 November 2020.  The present value of the defined benefit 
obligation was measured using the projected unit method.

Under the guidance of IFRIC 14, the Group are able to 
recognise a pension surplus on the balance sheet for all three 
schemes.  In the year the Platinum scheme shows a surplus 
and the RM and CARE schemes are in deficit.

The Research Machines plc 1988 Pension Scheme 
(RM Scheme)

The Scheme provides benefits to qualifying employees and 
former employees of RM Education Limited, but was closed to 
new members with effect from 1 January 2003 and closed to 
future accrual of benefits from 31 October 2012.  The assets of 
the Scheme are held separately from RM Education Limited's 
assets in a trustee-administered fund.  The Trustee is a limited 
company.  Directors of the Trustee company are appointed 
by RM Education Ltd and by members.  The Scheme is a 
funded scheme.

Under the Scheme, employees were entitled to retirement 
benefits of 1/60th of final salary for each qualifying year on 
attainment of retirement age of 60 or 65 years and additional 
benefits based on the value of individual accounts.  No other 
post-retirement benefits were provided by the Scheme.

The most recent actuarial valuation of Scheme assets and 
the present value of the defined benefit obligation was 
carried out for statutory funding purposes at 31 May 2018 by 
a qualified independent actuary.  IAS 19 Employee Benefits 
(revised) liabilities at 30 November 2020 have been rolled 
forward based on this valuation’s base data.

As at 31 May 2018, the triennial valuation for statutory  
funding purposes showed a deficit of £40,600,000  
(31 May 2015: £41,800,000).  The Group agreed with the  
Scheme Trustees that it will repay this amount via deficit  
catch-up payments of £3,700,000 per annum until 31 May 2026.  

118

119

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAt 30 November 2020 there were amounts outstanding of 
£308,300 (2019: £308,000) for one month's deficit payment 
and £nil (2019: £nil) for Scheme expenses.  The escrow bank 
account that was set up to manage the deficit risk in 2014 
was closed during 2019 as the funds were paid over to the 
RM Scheme.

The parent Company RM plc has entered into a pension 
protection fund compliant guarantee in respect of scheme 
liabilities.  No liability has been recognised for this within the 
Company as the Directors consider that the likelihood of it 
being called upon is remote.

The Consortium CARE Scheme (CARE Scheme)

Until 31 December 2005, The Consortium for Purchasing 
and Distribution Ltd ('The Consortium', acquired by the 
Company on 30 June 2017) operated a pension scheme 
(the 'Consortium CARE' scheme) providing benefits on 
both a defined benefit (final salary-linked) and a defined 
contribution basis.  From 1 January 2006, the defined benefit 
(final salary- linked) and defined contribution sections were 
closed and all employees, subject to the eligibility conditions 
set out in the Trust Deed and Rules, joined a new defined 
benefit (Career Average Revalued Earnings) section.  As at 
28 February 2011 the scheme was closed to future accruals.  
The disclosures in this report make allowance for this change.

The scheme is subject to the Statutory Funding Objective 
under the Pensions Act 2004.  A valuation of the scheme 
is carried out at least once every three years to determine 
whether the Statutory Funding Objective is met.  As part of 
the process, The Consortium must agree with the trustees 
of the Scheme the contributions to be paid to address 
any shortfall against the Statutory Funding Objective.  
The Statutory Funding Objective does not currently impact on 
the recognition of the scheme in these accounts.   
The scheme is managed by a Board of Trustees appointed 
in part by the Company and in part from elections by 
members of the scheme.  The Trustees have responsibility 
for obtaining valuations of the fund, administering benefit 
payments and investing scheme assets.  The Trustees 
delegate some of these functions to their professional 
advisers where appropriate.  The valuation of the scheme at 
31 December 2019 was a deficit of £5.9m.  

Prudential Platinum Pension (Platinum Scheme)

Amounts recognised in the Income Statement and in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

The Consortium acquired West Mercia Supplies in April 2012 
(prior to the Company acquiring The Consortium).  Upon 
acquisition by The Consortium of West Mercia Supplies, 
a pension scheme (the Platinum scheme) was set up 
providing benefits on both a defined benefit (final salary-
linked) and a defined contribution basis for West Mercia 
employees.  The most recent full actuarial valuation was 
carried out by the independent actuaries XPS Pensions 
Group on 31 December 2018.  The results of the full valuation 
were adjusted and rolled forward to form the basis for the 
current year valuation.  The scheme is administered within a 
legally separate trust from The Consortium and the Trustees 
are responsible for ensuring that the correct benefits are 
paid, that the scheme is appropriately funded and that the 
scheme assets are appropriately invested.  The valuation of 
the scheme at 31 December 2018 was a surplus of £213,000 
(31 December 2015: deficit £70,000).

Administrative expenses and taxes

Current service costs

Operating expense

Interest cost

Interest on Scheme assets

Net interest (expense)/gain

Past service costs

Expense recognised in the Income Statement

Effect of changes in demographic assumptions

Effect of changes in financial assumptions

Effect of experience adjustments

Total actuarial losses

Return on Scheme assets excluding interest on Scheme assets

Expense recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

Expense recognised in total comprehensive income

Note

8 

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

(7)

(30)

(37)

(5,611)

5,528 

(83)

(350)

(470)

(406)

(44,944) 

2,197 

(43,153) 

26,851

(16,302) 

(16,772) 

£000

(174)

(88)

(262)

(7,219)

7,225 

6

-

(256)

1,586

(45,476) 

2,150 

(41,740) 

33,707

(8,033) 

(8,289) 

The effect of changes in financial assumptions is principally due to the reduction in the discount rate, see sensitivity information 
further below in this Note 26.  

GMP equalisation

Since the 30 November 2018 year-end an allowance has been made for the possible liabilities arising from potential adjustment of 
benefits to allow for inequalities in any Guaranteed Minimum Pensions for current members.  In November 2020, the High Court ruled 
on the Lloyds Bank GMP inequalities case regarding the equalisation of post-1990 GMP within transfer values paid since 17 May 1990.  
An estimated allowance for the potential costs of equalising the transfer values has been made.  In the Director’s view, the range of 
outcomes is not material even though this is an estimate.

RPI/CPI reform 

On 25 November 2020, the government and UK Statistics Authority confirmed that RPI will be changing from February 2030 to bring 
it into line with the CPIH index, with no compensation to the holders of index-linked gilts.  In the year ended 30 November 2020, the 
Group has revised the RPI and CPI assumptions to reflect the expectations that these reforms proceed as planned.  The impact of 
these changes in assumptions has increased the closing deficit by around £3m.

120

121

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of the Scheme assets and obligations through the year

Obligation by participant status

RM Scheme 

CARE Scheme 

Platinum Scheme 

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

Active

Vested deferreds

Retirees

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

1,463 

254,650 

49,601 

305,714 

£000

976 

216,540 

45,623 

263,139 

Assets

At start of year

Interest on Scheme assets

Return on Scheme assets  
excluding interest on Scheme assets

Administrative expenses

Contributions from Group

Contributions from employees

Benefits paid

At end of year

Obligations

At start of year

Interest cost

Actuarial losses

Benefits paid

Past service cost (GMP)

Current service costs

Contributions from employees

At end of year

Pension deficit

Pension surplus

239,696 

5,159 

25,518

-

3,700 

- 

(5,924)

14,815 

310 

1,081

- 

319 

- 

(607)

2,653

59 

252

(7)

75

6 

(44)

268,149 

15,918 

2,994

(241,542)

(19,920)

(1,677)

(5,160)

(39,980)

5,924 

(130)

- 

- 

(280,888)

(12,739) 

- 

(413)

(2,731)

607 

(40)

- 

- 

(22,497)

(6,579)

- 

(38)

(442) 

44 

(180) 

(30)

(6)

(2,329)

- 

665

665 

257,164 

5,528 

26,851

(7)

4,094 

6 

(6,575)

287,061 

(263,139)

(5,611)

(43,153) 

6,575 

(350)

(30)

(6)

(305,714)

(19,318)

665

(18,653)

218,330 

7,225 

33,707

(174)

4,618 

19 

(6,561)

257,164 

(220,634)

(7,219)

(41,740) 

6,561 

-

(88)

(19)

(263,139)

(6,951)

976

(5,975)

Net pension deficit

(12,739) 

(6,579)

Included within the CARE Scheme obligations is an unfunded liability of £183,000 (2019: £190,000)  
which is a liability of the Group and not the Scheme.

Reconciliation of net defined benefit obligation

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

Net obligation at the start of the year

Cost included in Income Statement

Scheme remeasurements included in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

Cash contribution

Net pension deficit

£000

(5,975)

(470)

(16,302)

4,094 

(18,653)

£000

(2,304)

(256)

(8,033)

4,618 

(5,975)

Under the current agreements, the Group expect to pay approximately £4,400,000 in contributions in the year ending 30 November 2021. 

Value of Scheme assets

Fair value of Scheme assets with a quoted market price

Cash and cash equivalents, including escrow

Equity instruments

Debt instruments

Liability driven investments

Value of unquoted Scheme assets

Insurance contract

Significant actuarial assumptions

Discount rate (RM Scheme)

Discount rate (CARE Scheme)

Discount rate (Platinum Scheme)

Rate of RPI price inflation

Rate of CPI price inflation

Rate of salary increases (Platinum Scheme)

Rate of pensions increases

pre 6 April 1997 service

pre 1 June 2005 service

post 31 May 2005 service

Post retirement mortality table

Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation 

Assumed life expectancy on retirement at age 65:

Retiring at the accounting date (male member aged 65)

Retiring 20 years after the accounting date (male member aged 45)

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

£000

1,629

135,547 

2,995 

117,486 

29,404 

287,061 

986 

128,445 

2,653 

97,191 

27,889 

257,164 

Year ended 
30 November 2020

Year ended 
30 November 2019

1.60%

1.50%

1.60%

2.90%

2.10%

N/A

1.50%

2.80%

2.00%

2.15%

2.10%

2.20%

2.95%

1.85%

1.85%

1.50%

2.85%

2.00%

S2PA CMI 2019 1.25%

S2PA CMI 2018 1.25%

23 years

23 years

22.4

23.7

22.3

23.6

122

123

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected cash flows

2 7.     O W N   S H A R E S

Expected employer contributions for the following year ended 30 November

Expected total benefit payments

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Years 6 - 10

Year ended  
30 November 2020 

Year ended  
30 November 2019 

£000

4,583 

3,831 

4,258 

4,625 

4,860 

5,334 

£000

4,325 

3,540 

3,850 

4,285 

4,633 

4,947 

The RM plc Employee Share Trust (EST) was established in March 2003 to hedge the future obligations of the Group in respect of shares 
awarded under the RM plc Co-Investment Plan, RM plc Performance Share Plan and Deferred Bonus Plan.  The EST has waived any 
entitlement to the receipt of normal dividends in respect of all of its holding of the Company’s ordinary shares.  The EST’s waiver of 
dividends may be revoked or varied at any time.  

Company and Group

At 1 December 2018

Shares released to award holders

At 30 November 2019

Shares released to award holders

At 30 November 2020

Ordinary shares of 22/7p 

Number ‘000

2,013 

(614)

1,399 

(230)

1,169 

£000

1,423 

(416)

1,007 

(166)

841

33,946 

32,025 

The valuation of the shares is weighted average cost.  The maximum number of own shares held in the year 1,398,921.  

Sensitivities to assumptions - one item changed with all others held constant

--------------------------------- 30 November 2020 ---------------------------------

30 November 2019

-0.1%  

+0.1%  

discount 

discount 

Base 

£m

rate 

£m

rate 

-0.1% RPI 

+0.1% RPI 

Life +1 yr 

£m

£m

£m

£m

Analysis of net balance sheet position

Fair value of Scheme assets

287.1 

287.5

286.7

286.9

287.2

288.4

Present value of Scheme obligations

(305.7)

(312.8)

(298.8)

(300.5)

(311.1)

(316.1)

Net pension deficit

(18.6)

(25.3)

(12.1)

(13.6) 

(23.9)

(27.7)

Actuarial assumptions

Discount rate (RM Scheme)

1.60%

1.50%

1.70%

1.60%

1.60%

1.60%

Discount rate (CARE Scheme)

1.50%

1.40%

1.60%

1.50%

1.50%

1.50%

Discount rate (Platinum Scheme)

1.60%

1.50%

1.70%

1.60%

1.60%

1.60%

Rate of RPI

Rate of CPI

Mortality table 

2.90%

2.90%

2.90%

2.80%

3.00%

2.90%

2.10%

2.10%

2.10%

2.00%

2.20%

2.10%

--------------------------- S2PA CMI 2019 1.25% --------------------------- 

S2PA CMI 2018 1.25%

The key estimation sensitivities are the discount rate applied to pension liabilities together with RPI/CPI and mortality as shown  
in the above table.  We note that every 0.1% movement in discount rate has a c.£7m impact on the deficit and a 0.1% movement  
in RPI has a c.£5m impact.  

Over the last year, with the COVID-19 pandemic impacting globally, equity markets and corporate bond yields have been volatile.    
This has caused the deterioration in the discounts rates and increased our pension obligation at 30 November 2020.  Whilst the  
COVID-19 pandemic has led to this volatility in the market, it is too early for mortality assumptions to see any impacts.  

Liability driven investments are expected to move broadly in line with the rise and fall in liability values, thus providing a degree of 
protection to the Scheme’s funding position.

124

Base 

£m

257.2 

(263.2)

(6.0)

2.15%

2.10%

2.15%

2.95%

1.85%

2 8 .     S H A R E - B A S E D   P AY M E N T S

The Group operates the following executive and employee equity-settled share-based payment scheme known as the  
RM plc Performance Share Plan 2010 (the “PSP Scheme”)

One award was made under the PSP Scheme during the year ended 30 November 2020.  The fair values of awards made under this 
Scheme have been assessed using Black-Scholes and Monte-Carlo models, as appropriate to the scheme, at the date of grant.  The fair 
values of awards are expensed over the period between grant and vesting.  The weighted average fair value of the award made during 
the year was £1.225 per share and key assumptions include risk free rate of 0.32%, dividend yield of 4.5% and volatility of Company 
share price of 41%.  

Share-based payment awards exercised in the period and disclosed in the statement of changes in equity represents the impact on 
retained earnings of releasing the fair value charge accrued under IFRS 2 Share-based payment, which for deferred bonus scheme is 
partially matched by the release of own shares held.

RM plc Performance Share Plan 2010 ('PSP Scheme')

The Group uses the PSP Scheme for the remuneration of senior executives and senior management.  Details of Directors’ awards 
are contained within the Remuneration Report.  Participation has been subject to various vesting conditions, including EPS, 
total shareholder return (TSR) and share price conditions.  If the participants leave the Group’s employment, in most circumstances 
the award lapses.  

Details of performance share plan shares are as follows: 

Group

At 1 December 2018

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

At 30 November 2019

Granted during the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

At 30 November 2020

Maximum number of shares

Market price on grant

2,374,255 

954,000 

(623,000)

(614,255)

2,091,000 

712,500 

(530,000)

(270,000)

2,003,500 

£2.42

£1.72

125

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
The plans outstanding at 30 November 2020 had a weighted average contractual life of 1.3 years (2019: 1.3 years).  The weighted average 
exercise price was £nil (2018: £nil).  The weighted average market share price at date of exercise was £2.43 (2019: £2.44).  

Where total shareholder return (TSR) is used as a performance condition, comparator company volatility is assessed using annualised, 
daily historic TSR growth assessed over a period prior to the date of grant that corresponds to the performance period of three years.  
The company correlation uses historic pairwise correlations of the companies over a three year period.  The fair value of the TSR element 
is based on a large number of stochastic projections of Company and comparator TSR.

Where earnings per share (EPS) is used as a performance condition, the EPS Performance Target is that EPS for the final Financial Year of 
the measurement period.

In March 2003 the Company established the RM plc Employee Share Trust to hedge the future obligations of the Group in respect of share 
scheme awards.  These shares are used to hedge the estimated liability but until vesting represents own shares held – see Note 27.

Performance conditions – estimation uncertainty

Assigning a fair value charge to share-based payments requires estimation of: the projected share price; the number of instruments 
which are likely to vest; other non-market based performance conditions.

3 0 .     L E A S E S   A N D   C O M M I T M E N T S 

Lease commitments 

Following the adoption of IFRS 16 in the year, the outstanding lease commitments for leases that fall within the scope of 
IFRS 16 are recognised in the balance sheet as lease liabilities (see Note 22).  Other leases that are of low value or less than  
a year (except properties) are disclosed in the table below. 

Group

Within 1 year

In years 2 to 5 inclusive

2020 

£000 

23

2

25

2019 

£000 

2,557 

4,339 

6,896 

2019 has not been restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 and as such the commitments are all shown in the above table.  The difference 
between the lease commitments as presented above for the prior year and the lease liability on transition date is due to the transition 
adjustments for rent-free periods on property leases, the consideration of the enforceable lease terms on some property leases and 
that some leases presented above are not captured under IFRS 16.  

2 9 .     G U A R A N T E E S   A N D   C O N T I N G E N T   L I A B I L I T I E S

a) Guarantees

The Company has no operating leases.  

Capital commitments 

The Company has entered into guarantees relating to the performance and liabilities of certain major contracts of its subsidiaries.  
The Directors are not aware of any circumstances that have given rise to any liability under such guarantees and consider the possibility 
of any arising to be remote.

b) Contingent liabilities

The Group has provided performance guarantees and indemnities relating to performance bonds and letters of credit issued by its 
banks on its behalf, in the ordinary course of business.  The Directors are not aware of any circumstances that have given rise to any 
liability under such guarantees and indemnities and consider the possibility of any arising to be remote.

At 30 November 2020 amounts contracted but not provided for total £1,896,000 and relate to outstanding commitments on the 
ERP project cost (2019: £2,499,700).  The Company had no capital commitments during the year.

126

127

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
3 1 .     F I N A N C I A L   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T

Carrying value of financial assets and financial liabilities

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables – current

Trade and other receivables – non-current

Cash and short-term deposits

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables – current

Trade and other payables – non-current

Group

Company

Note

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

19

19

22

22

26,402 

25,624 

-

22,957 

63 

5,941 

939 

5,534 

7,329

- 

847 

- 

32,406 

32,097 

7,329

23,804 

(44,853)

(37,891)

(64,273)

(72,927)

(18,147)

-

-

-

Bank loans and overdrafts

(7,259)

(20,540)

(4,779)

(16,534)

(70,259)

(58,431)

(69,052)

(89,461)

All financial assets are classified as loans and receivables.

All liabilities classified as financial liabilities are held at amortised cost except for forward foreign exchange contracts of £76,000  
(2019: £461,000) which are classified as fair value through profit or loss.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of all financial assets and financial liabilities approximates their fair value, therefore 
fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not shown at fair value is not disclosed.

It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken 
and the Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

The main risks arising from the Company’s financial assets and liabilities are market risk (foreign currency risk and interest rate risk), 
credit risk and liquidity risk.  The Board reviews and agrees policies on a regular basis for managing the risks associated with these 
assets and liabilities.  

Foreign currency risk

a) Translation

All financial assets are classified as loans and receivables.

All liabilities classified as financial liabilities are held at amortised cost except for forward foreign exchange contracts of £76,000  
(2019: £461,000) which are classified as fair value through profit or loss. 

The Group also maintains foreign currency denominated cash accounts, but only holds balances required to settle its payables.

b) Transaction

Operations are also subject to foreign exchange risk from transactions in currencies other than their functional currency and, once recognised, 
the revaluation of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.  Principally, this relates to transactions arising in US Dollars and 
Indian Rupees.  Specifically, the Group purchases a proportion of its inventory in US dollars and operating costs in the Group’s subsidiary 
RM Education Solutions India Pvt Ltd are in Indian Rupees. 

In order to manage these risks the Group enters into derivative transactions in the form of forward foreign currency contracts.  To manage the 
US Dollar to Sterling risk, the forward foreign currency contracts purchased are designed to cover 75-100% of forecast currency denominated 
purchases and the contracts are set up to provide coverage over future fixed price periods, typically for the following 12 months.  To manage 
the Indian Rupee to Sterling risk, the contracts purchased are designed to cover 75-85% of forecast Rupee costs and are renewed on a 
revolving basis of approximately eleven to twelve months.

The total amount of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts to which the Group was committed was:

2020

Forward contract 

Forward contract value 

Mark to market value 

Currency

US Dollar

Indian Rupee

Contract type

Currency ‘000

Buy

Buy 

1,680 

622,227 

£000

(1,288)

(6,218)

(7,506)

2019

£000

(1,318)

(6,264)

(7,582)

Fair value 

£000

30

46

76

Forward contract 

Forward contract value 

Mark to market value 

Fair value 

Currency

US Dollar

Indian Rupee

Contract type

Currency ‘000

Buy

Buy 

12,869 

777,000 

£000

(10,248)

(8,468)

(18,716)

£000

(10,418)

(8,759)

(19,177)

£000

170

291

461

The fair value of the derivative financial instruments is estimated by discounting the future contracted cash flow, using readily available 
market data and represents a level 2 measurement in the fair value hierarchy under IFRS 7.  These fair value gains/(losses) are included 
within trade and other receivables and trade and other payables respectively.

Of these, forward foreign currency exchange contracts with a contract value of £7,506,000 (2019: £18,716,000) and fair value liability 
of £76,000 (2019: £461,000) have been designated as effective hedges in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement.  The movement in fair value of hedged derivative financial instruments during the year was a debit of £385,000 
(2019: debit of £814,000) which has been recognised in Other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity.  
In addition the Group retains the gain or loss on realised foreign currency contracts used to hedge non-financial assets which are 
realised when the asset is recognised. 

No forward foreign currency exchange contracts have been designated as ineffective hedges in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement at 30 November 2020 (2019: nil).

Commercially effective hedges may lead to income statement volatility in the future, particularly if the hedges do not meet the criteria 
of an effective hedge in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

128

129

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSc) Foreign exchange rate sensitivity

The interest and currency profile of cash and cash equivalents is shown below:

The following table details how the Group’s income and equity would (decrease)/increase if there were a 10% increase in the amount 
of the respective currency which could be purchased with £Sterling (assuming all other variables remain constant), for example from 
$1.30:£1 to $1.43:£1 at the balance sheet date.  The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated 
monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency.  A 10% weakening of Sterling 
against the relevant currency would be estimated to have a comparable but opposite impact on income and equity.

The total amount of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts to which the Group was committed was: 

Group

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Sensitivity

Group

10% increase in foreign exchange rates against Sterling:

US Dollar

Australian Dollar

Indian Rupee

2020

2019

Nominal value 

Fair value 

Nominal value 

Fair value 

£000 

(7,506)

£000 

76

£000 

(18,716)

£000 

461

2020

Income 

£000 

Equity 

£000 

2019

Income 

£000 

(23)

(555)

8 

(23) 

(549)

325

(245)

(660)

47 

Equity 

£000 

(245) 

(1,387)

332

In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk as the analysis does not 
reflect management’s proactive monitoring methods and processes for exchange risk.  

Interest rate risk

The only significant interest-bearing financial assets or liabilities relate to the Group’s borrowings referred to below.  During the year, 
average net debt was £16,309,000 (2019: £24,134,000) and the maximum borrowings position was £29,619,000 (2019: £38,682,000).  

The Group has a committed revolving credit facility with HSBC Bank plc and Barclays Bank plc, which was signed on 5 July 2019 which 
expires on 4 July 2022.  The initial facility is for £70,000,000 with the accordion option to increase the facility by a further £30,000,000.  
The accordion extension does not need the permission of the existing lenders.  The current bank credit facility ends on 4 July 2022 
but has an option to extend for a further 2 years.  The extension remains subject to agreement with the lenders but the Board has no 
reason to believe that the debt would not be renewed.  Of the funds available, £5,000,000 is allocated to an on-demand working capital 
facility, leaving the remainder unallocated.  Under the facility the Company is bound to covenants of 4 times interest cover/EBITDA 
and 2.5 times Net Debt/EBITDA.  During the year a 2020 extension to 3.5 Net Debt/EBITDA was agreed with the lenders.  Separate to 
this, the Group has a number of performance bonds relating to potential liabilities arising in connection with any Local Government 
Pension Scheme that the Company participates in as a result of its managed services contracts in the RM Education Division (which 
are included in other provisions).  The £5.0m drawdown at the year end is not contractually due for repayment until 2022.  Interest is 
payable quarterly based on the drawdown at this date.

The interest payable on loans under the revolving credit facility is between 1.30% and 2.10% above LIBOR (the Margin), for the 
remainder of the committed term subject to certain financial ratios.  A commitment fee of 40% of the Margin is payable on the 
unutilised balance and an arrangement fee of 0.5% of the initial total facility was paid in 2019.  The fees are recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement on an effective interest rate basis over the duration of the facility.  

Group

Floating rate 

Interest free  

 £000 

£000 

Total 

£000 

 £000 

Floating rate 

Interest free  

Sterling cash and cash equivalents/(overdraft)

(8)

84 

76

(4,006)

2020

2019

- 

- 

- 

-

133 

-

-

1,704 

1,704 

158

108

355 

839

77 

11

158

108 

355 

972 

77

11

- 

- 

- 

-

- 

-

-

£000 

105 

1,758 

1,641 

681 

760 

364 

225 

-

Total 

£000 

(3,901)

1,758 

1,641 

681 

760 

364 

225 

-

125

3,336 

3,461 

(4,006)

5,534 

1,528 

5,000 

- 

5,000 

17,000 

- 

17,000 

US Dollar

Euro

Indian Rupee

Singapore Dollar

Australian Dollar

New Zealand Dollar

Swedish Krona

Cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings – Sterling

The weighted average effective interest rates at the balance sheet date on interest bearing financial assets and liabilities were as follows:

Group

Financial assets:

Cash and short-term deposits

Trade and other receivables (non-current)

Financial liabilities:

Overdrafts

Loans

2020

2019

 Weighted average 

 Weighted average 

Floating rate 

interest rate 

Floating rate 

interest rate 

£000 

%

£000 

%

5,941

-

(2,480)

(5,000)

0.41

-

1.67

1.54

5,534

847

(4,006)

(17,000)

1.25

11.75

3.27

2.00

Interest rate risk sensitivity (assuming all other variables remain constant):

Group

1% increase in interest rates

1% decrease in interest rates

2020

2019

Income sensitivity 

Equity sensitivity 

Income sensitivity 

Equity sensitivity 

£000 

(15) 

15

£000 

(15)  

15

£000 

(155)

155

£000 

(155) 

155

130

131

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
Credit risk

The Group’s principal financial assets are bank balances and trade and other receivables.  The Group’s credit risk is primarily 
attributable to its trade receivables.  Credit checks are performed on new customers and before credit limits are increased.  
The amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of allowances for expected credit losses.  Note 19 includes an analysis of 
trade receivables by type of customer and of the ageing of unimpaired trade receivables.  

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high 
credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies.  The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, with exposure 
spread over a large number of counterparties and customers and a large proportion are ultimately backed by the UK Government.

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure.  The Group does not hold any collateral to cover its 
risks associated with financial assets.

Liquidity risk

b) Transactions between the Company and its subsidiary undertakings

During the year, the Company entered into the following transactions with its subsidiary undertakings:

Company

Receipts/(payments):

Management recharges

Net intercompany interest payable

Dividends received

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

£000

(891)

(1,153)

5,000 

(964)

(1,341)

11,000 

Total amounts owed between the Company and its subsidiary undertakings are disclosed in Notes 19 and 22 respectively.

Cash is managed to ensure that sufficient liquid funds are available with a variety of counterparties, to meet short, medium and 
long-term cash flow forecasting requirements.

c) Other related party transactions

Capital management

The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence as to sustain future 
development of the business.  Management monitors the return on capital, as well as the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders 
and contributions to the defined benefit pension schemes.

3 2 .     R E L A T E D   P A R T Y   T R A N S A C T I O N S

a) Key management personnel 

The remuneration of the Directors and other key management personnel of the Group during the year, in aggregate, was: 

Group

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Termination payments

Share-based payments

Year ended 
30 November 2020 

Year ended 
30 November 2019 

£000

1,574 

86 

129 

427 

2,216

£000

2,590 

135 

238 

408 

3,371

The Group encourages its Directors and employees to be Governors, Trustees or equivalent of educational establishments.  
The Group trades with these establishments in the normal course of its business.

Spinfield School

Neil Martin, Executive Director, is a governor of Spinfield School.  RM Resources made sales of £800 (2019: £1,107).   
At the year end there is a balance of £nil (2019: £nil) outstanding.

Grant Thornton LLP

Deena Mattar, Non-executive Director of RM plc until 31 July 2020, is a non-executive of the Partnership Oversight Board of Grant Thornton.  
There were no services in the period to 31 July 2020.

In the prior year; payments were made of £98,901 for strategy work, £27,000 relating to advisory fees in connection with adoption  
of IFRS 15 and 16, £22,172 relation to work on a new ERP system. 

UBM plc

Patrick Neil Martell, Non-executive Director of RM plc, is Chief Executive Officer of Informa plc.  In the year a payment of £3,900 was made to 
UBM plc, a subsidiary of Informa plc, relating to an online subscription for legal guidance (2019: £9,136).

Bellevue Place Education Trust

Vicky Griffiths, a Non-executive Director is a director of Bellevue Place Education Trust.  RM Resources made sales of £112.   
At the year end there is a balance of £nil outstanding.

Dulwich College Junior School 

Share-based payments above include a fair value charge for executive Directors of £40,054 (2019: £231,355) in respect of awards to 
David Brooks and £199,686 (2019: £203,289) in respect of Neil Martin.

The husband of Vicky Griffiths, a Non-executive Director is Head Teacher of Dulwich College Junior School.   
RM Resources made sales of £3,996.  At year end there is a balance of £891 outstanding.

Further information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited section of the Remuneration Report.

132

133

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
3 3 .     I M P A C T   O F   A D O P T I O N   O F   I F R S   1 6   –   L E A S E S

IFRS 16 Leases sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases.  It has replaced existing 
lease guidance, including IAS 17 Leases and IFRIC 4.  IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019.

The Group has used the modified retrospective adoption approach under which the Group has applied all of the requirements of IFRS 16 
with effect from 1 December 2019. 

The Group has made opening balance sheet adjustments arising from changes to the accounting for lease contracts.  
The impact of the new standard at 1 December 2019 is set out below: 

As reported  

IFRS 16 impact  

Adopted IFRS 16 

£000 

£000 

£000 

Non-current assets

Right-of-use assets

Other non-current assets

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Other current liabilities

Net current assets/(liabilities)

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

-

89,129

89,129

61,577

150,706

(51,231)

-

(5,708)

(56,939)

4,638

(34,192)

(91,131)

59,575

7,031

-

7,031

-

7,031

210

(7,241)

-

(7,031)

(7,031)

-

(7,031)

-

7,031

89,129

96,160

61,577

157,737

(51,021)

(7,241)

(5,708)

(63,970)

(2,393)

(34,192)

(98,162)

59,575

As a lessee, the Group previously classified leases as operating or finance leases based on its assessment of whether the lease 
transferred significantly all of the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the underlying asset to the Group.  Under IFRS 16, the 
Group recognises right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all the leases on its balance sheet.  The Group used the following practical 
expedients when applying IFRS 16 to leases previously classified as operating leases: 

•  applied the exemption not to recognise right-of-use assets and liabilities for leases of low value or for which the lease term ends 

within 12 months of the date of initial application if the lease is not anticipated to renew, on a lease-by-lease basis

•  excluded initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application

•  used hindsight when determining the lease term if the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease 

•  applied the exemption not to separate non-lease components such as service charges from lease rental charges 

Previously the Company determined at contract inception whether an arrangement was or contained a lease under IFRIC 4: 
Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease.  The Company now assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease based 
on the definition of a lease, as explained in Note 1.  On transition to IFRS 16, the Company elected to apply the practical expedient to 
apply IFRS 16 only to contracts that were previously identified as leases.  Contracts that were not previously identified as leases under 
IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 were not reassessed for whether there is a lease under IFRS 16.  Therefore, the definition of a lease under IFRS 16 was 
applied only to contracts entered into or changed on or after 1 December 2019.

Under transition rules for leases classified as operating leases, lease liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining 
lease payments, discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate at 1 December 2019.  The weighted average discount rate on 
transition was 1.98%.   

Operating lease commitment at 30 November 2019

Discounted using incremental borrowing rate at 1 December 2019

Short-term and low-value leases

Extension and termination options reasonably certain to be exercised

Lease liabilities recognised at 1 December 2019

Extension options 

£000

6,896

6,552

(165)

854

7,241

Some property leases contain options exercisable by the Group to vary the lease term.  The Group assesses at the lease 
commencement date or at the date of transition whether it is reasonably certain to exercise its options and the most likely lease term is 
used in determining the lease liability.  

The Group has estimated that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise the extension option, would result in an increase 
in lease liability of £3.2m.  

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, which comprised the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments 
made at or before the adoption date, less any lease incentives received at or before the adoption date. 

At 1 December 2019 the Group had no lease commitments previously classified as finance leases under IAS 17. 

The Group is not required to make any adjustments on transition to IFRS 16 for which it acts as a lessor. 

134

135

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Detailed primary statement restatements 

Impact on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Detailed primary statement restatements arising from the adoption of IFRS 16 are set out below.  

Impact on the Consolidated Income Statement

As reported  

IFRS 16 impact  

adoption of IFRS 16 

Amounts before  

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Impairment losses

Profit from operations

Investment income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the period

£000 

188,999

(115,034)

73,965

(61,489)

(953)

11,523

21

(1,055)

10,489

(2,075)

8,414

£000 

-

67

67

153

-

220

-

(151)

69

(13)

56

£000 

188,999

(115,101)

73,898

(61,642)

(953)

11,303

21

(904)

10,420

(2,062)

8,358

The IFRS 16 impact includes an increase in depreciation of £2.5m and a reduction of lease expenses of £2.7m. 

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Defined benefit pension scheme surplus

Other receivables

Contract fulfilment assets

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Contract fulfilment assets

Held-for-sale asset

Corporation tax assets

Cash and short-term deposits

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Tax liabilities

Provisions

Overdraft

Net current (liabilities)/assets

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Provisions

Deferred tax liability

Defined benefit pension scheme obligation

Borrowings

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to shareholders

Share capital

Share premium account

Own shares

Capital redemption reserve

Hedging reserve

Translation reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

As reported  

£000 

49,322 

22,354 

8,423 

19,391

665 

63 

3,420

5,333 

108,971 

18,594 

31,317 

728

4,793

2,030 

5,941 

63,403 

172,374 

(61,491)

(163)

(435)

(2,480)

(64,569)

(1,166)

(20,987)

(3,998)

(3,339)

(19,318)

(4,779)

(52,421)

(116,990)

55,384 

1,917 

27,080 

(841)

94 

(65) 

(702)

27,901 

55,384 

IFRS 16 impact  

adoption of IFRS 16 

Amounts before  

£000 

-

-

-

19,391

- 

- 

-

-

19,391 

-

2,660 

-

-

(13)

-

2,647 

22,038 

(3,835)

-

-

-

(3,835)

(1,188)

(18,147)

-

-

-

-

(18,147)

(21,982)

56

-

-

-

-

-

-

56

56

£000 

49,322 

22,354 

8,423 

-

665 

63 

3,420

5,333 

89,580 

18,594 

28,657 

728

4,793

2,043 

5,941 

60,756 

150,336 

(57,656)

(163)

(435)

(2,480)

(60,734)

22

(2,840)

(3,998)

(3,339)

(19,318)

(4,779)

(34,274)

(95,008)

55,328 

1,917 

27,080 

(841)

94 

(65) 

(702)

27,845 

55,328 

136

137

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSRight-of-use assets: non-current assets have been impacted 
due to recognition of right-of-use assets on 1 December 2019.  
The right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which 
comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for 
any lease payments made at or before the adoption date less 
any lease incentives received at or before the adoption date 
(reclassified on the opening balance sheet).

Lease liabilities: Financial liabilities have been impacted due 
to the recognition of lease liabilities.  This liability is initially 
measured at the present value of the lease payments that are 
not paid at the adoption date, discounted using the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate.  The lease payments comprise 
fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments such 
as service charges and variable lease payments that depend 
on an index or a rate, initially measured using the minimum 
index or rate at commencement date.  The lease liabilities 
have been classified between current and non-current.  

Impact on the Half year Condensed Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows 

As a result of the adoption of IFRS 16, certain reclassifications 
are required in relation to the recognition of right-of-use 
assets and lease liabilities.  Although IFRS 16 has no impact 
on the Group's total cash flow, outflows from financing 
activities increase while cash outflows from operating 
activities decrease, as recognition of rental costs, previously 
recognised solely as cash outflows from operations are now 
apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the 
lease obligation.  

Impact on the Consolidated Statement of Changes in 
Equity 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity as at 1 December 
2019 shows the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 as 
nil impact.  

138

139

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSS H A R E H O L D E R   I N F O R M A T I O N

F I N A N C I A L   C A L E N D A R 

Ex-dividend date for 2020 final dividend

Record date for 2020 final dividend

Annual General Meeting

Payment of 2020 final dividend

Announcement of 2021 interim results

18 March 2021

19 March 2021

8 April 2021

30 April 2021

July 2021

Preliminary announcement of 2021 results

February 2022

C O R P O R A T E   W E B S I T E

E L E C T R O N I C   C O M M U N I C A T I O N

Information about the Group’s activities is available 
at www.rmplc.com.

I N V E S T O R   I N F O R M A T I O N

Information for investors is available at www.rmplc.com. 
Enquiries can be directed to Mark Lágler,  
Company Secretary, at the Group head office 
address or at companysecretary@rm.com.

R E G I S T R A R S   A N D 
S H A R E H O L D I N G   I N F O R M A T I O N

Shareholders can access the details of their holdings in 
RM plc via the Shareholder Services option within the 
investor section of the corporate website at www.rmplc.com.  
Shareholders can also make changes to their address 
details and dividend mandates online.  All enquiries about 
individual shareholder matters should be made to the 
Company’s registrar, Link Asset Services, either via email at 
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk or by telephone to 
0371 664 0300.  Calls are charged at the standard geographic 
rate and will vary by provider.  Calls outside the United 
Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international 
rate.  Lines are open between 09:00 - 17:30, Monday to Friday 
excluding public holidays in England and Wales.  

To help shareholders, the Link Asset Services’ Share Portal at 
www.signalshares.com contains a frequently asked questions 
section for shareholders.

Shareholders are able to receive Company communication 
via email.  By registering your email address, you will receive 
emails with a web link to information posted on our website.  
This can include our report and accounts, notice of meetings 
and other information we communicate to our shareholders.

Electronic communication brings numerous benefits, which 
include helping us reduce our impact on the environment, 
increased security (your documents cannot be lost in the 
post or read by others) and faster notification of information 
and updates.  To sign up to receive e-communications go to 
Link Asset Services’ Share Portal at www.signalshares.com.   
All you need to register is your investor code, which can be 
found on your share certificate or your dividend tax voucher.  
The Share Portal is a secure online site where you can manage 
your shareholding quickly and easily.  You can check your 
shareholding and account transactions, change your name, 
address or dividend mandate details online at any time and 
vote online via the Share Portal.

B E N E F I C I A L   S H A R E H O L D E R S   W I T H 
‘ I N F O R M A T I O N   R I G H T S ’

Please note that beneficial owners of shares who have 
been nominated by the registered holders of those 
shares to receive information rights under section 146 
of the Companies Act 2006 are required to direct all 
communications to the registered holder of their shares 
rather than to Link Asset Services, or to the Company directly.

M U LT I P L E   A C C O U N T S   O N 
T H E   S H A R E H O L D E R   R E G I S T E R

If you have received two or more copies of this document, 
it may be because there is more than one account in your 
name on the shareholder register.  This may be due to either 
your name or address appearing on each account in a 
slightly different way.  

For security reasons, Link Asset Services will not amalgamate 
the accounts without your written consent.  If you would like 
to amalgamate your multiple accounts into one account, 
please write to Link Asset Services.

A U D I T O R

KPMG LLP 
2 Forbury Place 
33 Forbury Road 
Reading RG1 3AD

F I N A N C I A L   A D V I S O R S   
A N D   S T O C K B R O K E R S

Peel Hunt LLP 
120 London Wall 
London EC2Y 5ET

C O M P A N Y   S E C R E T A R Y

F I N A N C I A L   P U B L I C   R E L A T I O N S

Mark Lágler

G R O U P   H E A D   O F F I C E 
A N D   R E G I S T E R E D   O F F I C E

142B Park Drive 
Milton Park 
Abingdon 
Oxfordshire OX14 4SE 
United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 (0)8450 700 300

R E G I S T E R E D   N U M B E R

RM plc’s registered number is 01749877

Headland PR Consultancy LLP 
1 Suffolk Lane 
London EC4R 0AX

R E G I S T R A R

Link Group 
10th Floor 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds LS1 4DL

L E G A L   A D V I S O R

Osborne Clarke 
One London Wall 
London EC2Y 5EB

140

141

GOVERNANCE142B Park Drive

Milton Park

Milton

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4SE

Telephone: +44 (0)8450 700 300

Stock code: RM.

www.rmplc.com